Standard Chartered PLC - Additional Financial information
Standard Chartered PLC (the Group) today releases its results for the year ended 31 December 2025. The following pages provide additional information related to the announcement.
|
Risk review and Capital review |
|
|
Enterprise Risk Management Framework |
02 |
|
Principal risks |
07 |
|
Risk profile |
15 |
|
Capital review |
67 |
|
Statement of directors' responsibilities |
73 |
|
Shareholder information |
74 |
Page 01
Enterprise Risk Management Framework
Risk management is at the heart of banking, it is what we do. Managing risk effectively is how we drive commerce and prosperity for our clients and our communities, and it is how we grow sustainably and profitably as an organisation.
Effective risk management is essential in delivering consistent and sustainable performance for all our stakeholders and is a central part of the financial and operational management of the Group. The Group adds value to clients and the communities in which they operate by balancing risk and reward to generate returns for shareholders.
The Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) enables the Group to manage enterprise-wide risks, with the objective of maximising risk-adjusted returns while remaining within our Risk Appetite (RA). The ERMF is complemented by frameworks, policies and standards which are mainly aligned to the Principal Risk Types (PRTs), and is embedded across the Group, including its branches and subsidiaries1. It is reviewed and approved by the Board annually, with the latest version being effective from August 2025.
Risk culture encompasses our general awareness, attitudes, and behaviours towards risk, as well as how risk is managed at enterprise level.
A healthy risk culture is one in which everyone takes personal responsibility to identify and assess, openly discuss, and take prompt action to address existing and emerging risks. We expect our control functions to provide oversight and challenge constructively, collaboratively, and in a timely manner on the risks owned by the first line of defence. This effort is reflected in our valued behaviours and underpinned by our Code of Conduct and Ethics.
The risks we face constantly evolve, and we must always look for ways to manage them as effectively as possible. While unfavourable outcomes will occur from time to time, a healthy risk culture means that we react quickly and transparently. We can then take the opportunity to learn from our experience and improve our framework and processes.
The Group's approach to strategic risk management includes the following:
• Risk identification: impact analyses of risks that arise from the Group's growth plans, strategic initiatives, and business model vulnerabilities are reviewed. This assesses how existing risks have evolved in terms of relative importance and whether new risks have emerged.
• Risk Appetite: impact analysis is performed to assess if strategic initiatives can be achieved within RA and highlight areas where additional RA should be considered.
• Stress testing: identified risks are used to develop scenarios for enterprise stress tests.
Roles and responsibilities under the ERMF are aligned to the objectives of the Senior Managers Regime. The Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) is responsible for the overall development and maintenance of the Group's ERMF and for identifying material risks which the Group may be exposed to. The GCRO delegates effective implementation of the Risk Type Frameworks (RTF) to Risk Framework Owners (RFO), who provide second line of defence oversight for their respective PRTs.
The Risk function provides independent oversight and challenge on the Group's risk management, ensuring that business is conducted in line with regulatory expectations. The GCRO directly manages the Risk function, which is independent from the origination, trading, and sales functions of the businesses. The Risk function is responsible for:
• proposing the RA for approval by the Board
• maintaining the ERMF, ensuring that it remains relevant and appropriate to the Group's business activities, and is effectively communicated and implemented across the Group
• ensuring that risks are properly assessed, risk and return decisions are transparent and risks are controlled in accordance with the Group's standards and RA
• overseeing and challenging the management of PRTs under the ERMF
• ensuring that the necessary balance in making risk and return decisions is not compromised by short-term pressures to generate revenues.
1 The Group's ERMF and system of internal control applies only to wholly controlled subsidiaries of the Group, and not to associates, joint ventures or structured entities of the Group.
2 Senior managers refer to individuals designated as senior management functions under the FCA and PRA Senior Managers Regime.
Page 02
We have a unified second line of defence, with all the PRTs reporting into the GCRO. The unified second line supports the Group's strategy by building a sustainable ERMF that places regulatory and compliance standards, together with culture of appropriate conduct, at the forefront of the Group's agenda.
The Group applies a three lines of defence model to its day-to-day activities for effective risk management, and to reinforce a strong governance and control environment. Typically:
• Businesses and functions engaged in or supporting revenue generating activities that own and manage risks constitute the first line of defence.
• Group Control functions, independent of the first line of defence, that provide oversight and challenge of risk management activities act as the second line of defence.
• Internal Audit acts as the third line of defence, providing independent assurance on the effectiveness of controls supporting the activities of the first and second lines of defence.
Each PRT has an RTF which outlines the areas of governance and risk management and is the formal mechanism through which authorities are delegated. Risk management plans, processes, activities, and resource allocations are consistent with the three lines of defence model prescribed by the ERMF.
Identification and assessment of potentially adverse risk events is an essential first step in managing the risks of any business or activity. To ensure consistency we use PRTs to classify our risk exposures. However, we also recognise the need to maintain a holistic perspective since:
• a single transaction or activity may give rise to multiple types of risk exposure
• risk concentrations may arise from multiple exposures that are closely correlated
• a given risk exposure may change its form from one risk type to another.
There are also sources of risk that arise beyond our own operations, such as the Group's dependency on suppliers for the provision of services and technology.
As the Group remains accountable for risks arising from the actions of such third parties, failure to adequately monitor and manage these relationships could materially impact the Group's ability to operate.
The Group maintains a taxonomy of risks inherent to the strategy and business model, as well as a risk inventory which captures identified risks, including the Topical and Emerging Risks (TERs) which the Group is or might be exposed to. Multiple identification and assessment techniques are used to ensure breadth and depth of understanding of the internal and external risk environment, as well as potential opportunities. A risk assessment of the corporate plan is undertaken annually, supplemented by risk assessments of new initiatives. Risk identification findings inform the related risk oversight process, RA and controls setting, scenario selection and design, and model refinement and development.
The GCRO and the Group Risk Committee (GRC) regularly review reports on the risk profile for the PRTs, adherence to Group RA, stress test results and the risk identification results including TERs.
The Group recognises the following constraints which determine the risks that we are willing to take in pursuit of our strategy and the development of a sustainable business:
• Risk capacity is the maximum level of risk the Group can assume, given its current capabilities and resources, before breaching constraints determined by capital and liquidity requirements or the internal operational environment, or otherwise failing to meet the expectations of regulator and law enforcement agencies.
• RA is defined by the Group and approved by the Board. It is the boundary for the risk that the Group is willing to undertake to achieve its strategic objectives and corporate plan. We set our RA to enable us to grow sustainably while managing our risks, giving confidence to our stakeholders. The Group RA is supplemented by risk control tools such as granular level limits, policies, and standards to maintain the Group's risk profile within approved RA.
The Board is responsible for approving the RA Statements, which are underpinned by a set of financial and operational control parameters known as RA metrics and their associated thresholds. These set boundaries for the aggregate risk exposures that can be taken across the Group.
The Group RA is reviewed at least annually to ensure that it is fit for purpose and aligned with strategy, with focus given to new or emerging risks.
The Group will not compromise adherence to its RA in order to pursue revenue growth or higher returns.
See the table for the set of RA Statements.
Page 03
The objective of stress testing is to support the Group in assessing that it:
• does not carry excessive risk concentrations that could produce unacceptably high losses under severe but plausible scenarios
• has sufficient financial resources to withstand stress, including under severe but plausible scenarios
• understands key business model risks and considers what kind of event might crystallise those risks - even if extreme and with a low likelihood of occurring - and identifies, as required, actions to mitigate the likelihood or impact of those events
• can meet risk appetite and planned distributions after considering relevant downside scenarios
• has set RA metrics at appropriate levels.
Enterprise stress tests incorporate capital and liquidity adequacy stress tests, including recovery and resolution, as well as reverse stress tests. The Group uses historical, topical, emerging and hypothetical forward-looking scenarios. A common set of scenarios is used across all legal entities complemented in some cases with entity-specific scenarios.
Stress tests are performed at the Group, country, business, and portfolio level under a wide range of risks and at varying degrees of severity. Unless specifically set by the regulator, scenario design is a bespoke process that aims to explore risks that can adversely impact the Group.
The Board delegates approval of the Bank of England (BoE) stress test submissions to the Board Risk Committee (BRC), which reviews the recommendations from the GRC. Based on the stress test results, the Group Chief Financial Officer (GCFO) and GCRO can recommend strategic actions to the Board to ensure that the Group's strategy remains within RA.
In addition, analysis is run at the PRT level to assess specific risks and concentrations that the Group may be exposed to. These include qualitative assessments such as stressing of credit sectors or portfolios, and quantitative assessments such as potential losses from severe but plausible market risk scenarios or internal stressed liquidity metrics. RA for market risk stress losses is set at the Group as well as legal entity level.
Non-financial risk types are also stressed to assess the necessary capital requirements and/or operational resilience under the Operational and Technology RTF.
The Group has also undertaken a number of Climate Risk stress tests, both those mandated by regulators as well as management scenarios.
PRTs are those risks that are inherent in our strategy and business model and have been formally defined in the Group's ERMF. These risks are managed through distinct RTFs which are approved by the GCRO.
The PRTs and associated RA Statements are reviewed annually. The table below shows the Group's current PRTs, their definitions and RA statements.
|
Principal Risk Types |
Definition |
Risk Appetite Statement |
|
Credit Risk |
Potential for loss due to failure of a counterparty to meet its agreed obligations to pay the Group. |
The Group manages its credit exposures following the principle of diversification across products, geographies, client segments and industry sectors. |
|
Traded Risk |
Potential for market or counterparty credit risk losses resulting from activities undertaken by the Group in fair valued financial market instruments. |
The Group should control its financial markets activities to ensure that market and counterparty credit risk losses do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. |
|
Treasury Risk |
Potential for insufficient capital, liquidity, or funding to support our operations, the risk of reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items and the potential for losses from a shortfall in the Group's pension plans. |
The Group should maintain sufficient capital, liquidity and funding to support its operations, and an interest rate profile ensuring that the reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. In addition, the Group should ensure that its pension plans are adequately funded. |
|
Operational and Technology Risk |
Potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, technology events, human error, or from the impact of external events (including legal risks). |
The Group aims to mitigate and control Operational and Technology risks, to seek to ensure that events, including any related to conduct of business matters, do not cause the Group material harm as a result of business disruption, financial loss or reputational damage. |
|
Information and Cyber Security (ICS) Risk |
Risk to the Group's assets, operations, and individuals due to the potential for unauthorised access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of information assets and/or information systems. |
The Group aims to mitigate and control ICS risks to ensure that incidents do not cause the Group material harm, business disruption, financial loss or reputational damage, recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
Page 04
|
Principal Risk Types |
Definition |
Risk Appetite Statement |
|
Financial Crime Risk1 |
Potential for legal or regulatory penalties, material financial loss or reputational damage resulting from the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to international sanctions, anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption, and fraud. |
The Group has no appetite for breaches of laws and regulations related to Financial Crime, recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
|
Compliance Risk |
Potential for penalties or loss to the Group or for an adverse impact to our clients or stakeholders or to the integrity of the markets we operate in through a failure on our part to comply with laws, or regulations. |
The Group has no appetite for breaches of laws and regulations related to regulatory non-compliance; recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
|
Environmental, Social and Governance and Reputational (ESGR) Risk |
Potential or actual adverse impact on the environment and/or society, the Group's financial performance, operations, or the Group's name, brand or standing, arising from environmental, social or governance factors, or as a result of the Group's actual or perceived actions or inactions. |
The Group aims to measure and manage financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change, reduce emissions in line with our net zero strategy and protect the Group from material reputational damage by upholding responsible conduct and striving to do no significant environmental and social harm. |
|
Model Risk |
Potential loss that may occur because of decisions or the risk of misestimation that could be principally based on the output of models, due to errors in the development, implementation, or use of such models. |
The Group has no appetite for material adverse implications arising from misuse of models or errors in the development or implementation of models; while accepting some model uncertainty. |
1 Fraud forms part of the Financial Crime RA Statement but, in line with market practice, does not apply a zero-tolerance approach.
The GCRO is responsible for annually affirming the effectiveness of the ERMF to the BRC via an effectiveness review. This review is based on the principle of evidence-based self-assessments for all the RTFs and relevant policies. A top-down review and challenge of the results is conducted by the GCRO with all RFOs and an opinion on the internal control environment is provided by Group Internal Audit.
The ERMF effectiveness review measures year-on-year progress. The key outcomes of the 2025 review are:
• Continued focus on embedding the ERMF across the organisation.
• Financial risks remain effectively managed, and the Group is continually making progress in embedding non-financial risk management.
• Self-assessments performed in branches and banking subsidiaries reflect the embeddedness of the ERMF. Country and cluster risk committees continue to play an active role in overseeing and managing risks across our footprint markets.
Ongoing effectiveness reviews allow for a structured approach to identify improvement opportunities and build plans to address them.
The corporate governance and committee structure helps the Group to conduct our business. The Board has ultimate responsibility for risk management and approves the ERMF based on the recommendation of the BRC, which also recommends the Group RA Statement for all PRTs and other risks. In addition to the BRC and Audit Committee, the Culture and Sustainability Committee oversees the Group's culture and key sustainability priorities.
The GRC, which derives its authority from the GCRO, is responsible for ensuring the effective management of risk throughout the Group in support of the Group's strategy. The GCRO chairs the GRC, whose members are drawn from the Group Management Team. The GRC oversees the effective implementation of the ERMF for the Group, including the delegation of any part of its authorities to appropriate individuals or sub-committees.
|
Group Risk Committee sub-committees |
Chair |
Roles and responsibilities |
|
Group Non-Financial Risk Committee (GNFRC) |
Global Head, Operational, Technology and Cyber Risk |
Governs the non-financial risks, including Fraud Risk, throughout the Group in support of the ERMF and the Group's strategy. |
|
Group Financial Crime Risk Committee (GFCRC) |
Group Head, CFCR |
Ensures that the Financial Crime Risk profile (excluding Fraud Risk and Secondary Reputational Risk arising from Financial Crime Risk) is managed within RA and policies. |
|
Group Responsibility and Reputational Risk Committee (GRRRC) |
Global Head ERM |
Ensures the effective management of Environmental, Social, Governance and Reputational Risk across the Group. This includes providing oversight of matters arising from clients, products, transactions and strategic coverage-related decisions and matters escalated by the respective RFOs. |
|
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 9 Impairment Committee (IIC) |
Co-chaired by the Global Head ERM and Group Head, Central Finance |
Ensures the effective management of expected credit loss (ECL) computations, as well as stage allocation of financial assets for quarterly financial reporting. |
Page 05
|
Group Risk Committee sub-committees |
Chair |
Roles and responsibilities |
|
Model Risk Committee (MRC) |
Global Head, Model Risk Management |
Supports the Group strategy by ensuring the effective measurement and management of Model Risk in line with internal policies and model RA. |
|
Investment Committee |
Global Head of Stressed Assets Risk |
Ensures the optimised wind-down of the Group's non-core direct investment activities in equities, quasi-equities (excluding mezzanine), funds and other alternative investments (excluding debt/debt-like instruments). |
|
SC Ventures (SCV) Risk Committee |
CRO, SC Ventures & Global Head, Digital Asset Risk |
Oversees the effective management of risk throughout SCV and the portfolio of controlled entities operating under SCV. |
|
Regulatory Interpretation Committee (RIC) |
Co-chaired by the Global Head ERM and Group Head, Central Finance |
Provides oversight of material regulatory interpretations for the Capital Requirements Regulation (as amended by UK legislation), the Prudential Regulatory Authority (PRA) rulebook and other relevant regulations impacting Group regulatory capital calculations and reporting. The areas and risk types in scope are credit risk, traded risk, operational risk, large exposures, leverage ratio and securitisation. |
|
Digital Assets Risk Committee (DRC) |
CRO, SC Ventures & Global Head, Digital Asset Risk |
Oversees effective risk management of the Digital Assets (DA) Risk profile of the Group. This includes providing subject matter expertise and oversight of DA Risk matters across the PRTs. |
|
Corporate & Investment Banking Financial Risk Committee (CIBFRC) |
Co-Heads CRO CIB and CRO, ASEAN & South Asia |
Ensures the effective management of financial risk throughout CIB in support of the Group's strategy. |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking Risk Committee (WRBRC) |
Chief Risk Officer, WRB & GCNA |
Ensures the effective management of risk throughout WRB in support of the Group's strategy. |
|
HK & GCNA Risk Committee (HK&GCNA RC) |
CRO, Hong Kong & GCNA |
These committees ensure the effective management of risk in the clusters in support of the Group's strategy. |
|
SG & ASEAN Risk Committee (SG&ASEAN RC) |
CRO, Singapore & ASEAN |
|
|
Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) India Country Risk Committee (CRC & CNFRC) |
CRO, India & South Asia |
|
|
UK & Europe Risk Committee (UK & ERC) |
CRO, Europe |
|
|
US Risk Committee (URC) |
CRO, Americas |
|
|
Middle East and Pakistan Risk Committee (MEPRC) |
CRO, AME |
|
|
Africa Risk Committee |
CRO, AME |
Group Asset and Liability Committee
The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) is chaired by the GCFO. Its members are drawn principally from the Management Team. GALCO is responsible for determining the Group's balance sheet strategy and ensuring that, in executing the Group's strategy, the Group operates within RA and regulatory requirements relating to capital, loss-absorbing capacity, liquidity, leverage, Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB), Banking Book Basis Risk and Structural Foreign Exchange Risk. GALCO is also responsible for ensuring that internal and external recovery planning requirements are met.
Page 06
Principal risks
We manage and control our PRTs through distinct RTFs, policies and RA.
Segment-specific policies are in place for Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB) and Wealth & Retail Banking (WRB) which set the principles that must be followed for the end-to-end credit process covering initiation, assessment, documentation, approval, monitoring and governance.
The Group also sets out standards for the eligibility, enforceability, and effectiveness of mitigation arrangements. Potential losses are mitigated using a range of tools, such as collateral, netting agreements, credit insurance, credit derivatives and guarantees.
Risk mitigants are carefully assessed for their market value, legal enforceability, correlation, and counterparty risk of the protection provider. Collateral is valued prior to drawdown and monitored regularly thereafter as required, to reflect current market conditions, the probability of recovery and the period of time to realise the collateral in the event of liquidation. The Group also seeks to diversify its collateral holdings across asset classes and markets.
Where guarantees, credit insurance, standby letters of credit or credit derivatives are used as Credit Risk mitigation, the creditworthiness of the protection provider is assessed and monitored using the same credit process applied to the obligor.
The Group regularly monitors credit exposures, portfolio performance, external trends and emerging risks that may impact risk management outcomes. Internal risk management reports that are presented to risk committees contain information on key political and economic trends across major portfolios and countries, portfolio delinquency and loan impairment performance.
In CIB, clients and portfolios are subject to additional review when they display signs of actual or potential weakness; for example, where there is a decline in the client's position within their industry, financial deterioration, a breach of covenants, or non-performance of an obligation within the stipulated period. Such accounts are subject to a dedicated early alert process overseen by the Credit Issues Committee in the relevant countries where client account strategies and credit grades are re-evaluated. In addition, remedial actions can be undertaken, such as exposure reduction, security enhancement or exiting the account. Credit-impaired accounts are managed by the Group's specialist recovery unit, Stressed Asset Group (SAG), which is independent of the Client Coverage/Relationship Managers. Stressed Asset Risk is the second line risk unit and is responsible for the independent challenge, monitoring and approving of the credit risk decisions including stage 3 credit impairment provision of the credit-impaired accounts.
Regular portfolio reviews across industries are conducted. Senior members from the CIB business and Risk participate in more extensive portfolio reviews (known as the 'industry portfolio review') for certain industry groups. In addition to a review of the portfolio information, this industry portfolio review incorporates industry outlook, key elements of the business strategy, RA, credit profile and emerging and horizon risks. A summary of these industry portfolio reviews is also shared with the CIB Financial Risk Committee.
For WRB, exposures and collateral monitoring are performed at the counterparty and/or portfolio level across different client segments to ensure transactions and portfolio exposures remain within RA. Portfolio delinquency trends are also monitored. Accounts that are past due (or perceived as high risk but not yet past due) are subject to collections or recovery processes managed by a specialist independent function. In some countries, aspects of collections and recovery activities are outsourced. For discretionary lending portfolios, similar processes to those of CIB are followed.
Any material in-country developments that may impact sovereign ratings are monitored closely by Country Risk within the ERM function. The Country Risk Early Warning system, a triage-based risk identification system, categorises countries based on a forward-looking view of possible downgrades and the potential incremental risk-weighted assets (RWA) impact.
In addition, an independent Credit Risk review team within the ERM function performs assessments of the Credit Risk profiles at various portfolio levels. They focus on selected countries and segments through deep dives, comparative analysis, and review and challenge of the basis of credit approvals. The review aims to ensure that the evolving Credit Risk profiles of CIB and WRB are well managed within RA and policies. Results of the reviews are reported to the GRC and BRC.
All credit proposals are subject to a robust credit risk assessment. It includes a comprehensive evaluation of the client's credit quality, including willingness, ability, and capacity to repay. The primary lending consideration for counterparties is based on their credit quality and operating cash flows, while for individual borrowers it is based on personal income or wealth. The risk assessment gives due consideration to the client's liquidity and leverage position.
Where applicable, the assessment includes a detailed analysis of the Credit Risk mitigation arrangements to determine the level of reliance on such arrangements as the secondary source of repayment in the event of a significant deterioration in a client's credit quality leading to default. Client income, net worth, and the liquidity of assets by class are considered for overall risk assessment for wealth lending. Wealth lending credit limits are subject to the availability of qualified collateral.
Page 07
We implement a standard alphanumeric Credit Risk grade system to differentiate the credit quality of exposures for CIB clients, whereby credit grades (CG) 1 to 12 are assigned to reflect the probability of default of performing clients (CG 1 being the best performing), and credit grades 13 and 14 are assigned to non-performing or defaulted clients.
WRB internal ratings-based portfolios use application and behavioural credit scores that are calibrated to generate a probability of default. The Risk Decision Framework uses a credit rating system to define the portfolio/new booking segmentation, shape and decision criteria for the unsecured consumer business segment.
Advanced Internal Ratings-Based (AIRB) models cover the majority of our exposures and are used in assessing risks at a customer and portfolio level, setting strategy, and optimising our risk-return decisions. The Model Risk Committee (MRC) approves material internal ratings-based risk measurement models. Prior to review and approval, all internal ratings-based models are validated by an independent model validation team. Reviews are also triggered if the performance of a model deteriorates materially against predetermined thresholds, measured through the ongoing model performance monitoring process.
We adopt the AIRB approach under the Basel regulatory framework to calculate Credit Risk capital requirements for the majority of our exposures. The Group has also established a global programme to assess capital requirements necessary to be implemented to meet the latest revised Basel III regulation (referred to as Basel 3.1 or Basel IV).
Credit Concentration Risk for CIB is managed through concentration limits covering large exposure limit to a single counterparty or a group of connected counterparties (based on control and economic dependence criteria), or at portfolio level for multiple exposures that are closely correlated. Single name and Portfolio RA metrics are set, where appropriate, by credit grade, industry, products, tenor, collateralisation level, top clients, and exposure to holding companies.
For concentrations that are material at a Group level, breaches and potential breaches are monitored by the respective governance committees and reported to the GRC and BRC.
For CIB, in line with the regulatory guidelines, Stage 3 expected credit loss (ECL) is considered when an obligor is more than 90 days past due on any amount payable to the Group, or the obligor has symptoms of unlikeliness to pay its credit obligations in full as they fall due. These credit-impaired accounts are managed by SAG.
In WRB, loans to individuals and small businesses are considered credit-impaired as soon as any payment of interest or principal is 90 days overdue or they meet other objective evidence of impairment, such as bankruptcy, debt restructuring, fraud, or death, with unlikely continuation of contractual payments. Financial assets are written off, in the amount that is determined to be irrecoverable, when they meet conditions set such that empirical evidence suggests the client is unlikely to meet their contractual obligations, or a loss of principal is reasonably expected.
Estimating the amount and timing of future recoveries involves significant judgement and considers the assessment of matters such as future economic conditions and the value of collateral, for which there may not be a readily accessible market. The total amount of the Group's impairment provision is inherently uncertain, being sensitive to changes in economic and credit conditions across the markets in which the Group operates.
The underwriting of securities and loans is in scope of the CIB RA. The Underwriting Committee approves individual proposals to underwrite new security issues and loans for our clients in compliance with the RA statement. Additional risk triggers are set based on the type of exposure and credit grade as approved by the GCRO.
Traded Risk limits are calibrated to ensure that risk exposure is affordable under both BAU and stress conditions. The Traded Risk Policy sets the principles that must be followed for the end-to-end traded risk management process including limit setting, risk capture and measurement, limit monitoring and escalation, risk mitigation and stress testing. Policies are reviewed and approved by the Global Head, Traded Risk Management periodically to ensure their ongoing effectiveness.
The Group uses a VaR model to measure the risk of losses arising from future potential adverse movements in market rates, prices, and volatilities.
VaR provides a consistent measure that can be applied across trading businesses and products over time and can be set against actual daily trading profit and loss outcomes.
For day-to-day risk management, VaR is calculated as at the close of business, generally at UK time, for expected market movements over one business day and to a confidence level of 97.5 per cent.
Page 08
The Group applies two VaR methodologies:
• Historical simulation: this involves the revaluation of all existing positions to reflect the effect of historically observed changes in Market Risk factors on the valuation of the current portfolio. This approach is applied for general Market Risk factors and the majority of specific (credit spread) risk factors. The enhanced Volatility Scaling VaR (VSV) model went live in January 2025, where risk factors' returns are scaled to reflect historical volatility. The VSV model is more responsive to volatility changes observed in the market.
• Monte Carlo simulation: this methodology is used in conjunction with historical simulations when historical data are not directly available. This approach is applied for the idiosyncratic credit spread risk factor or single name equity risk factor. The simulation is performed by calibrating the model to preserve volatility of risk factors.
As an input to regulatory capital, trading book VaR is calculated for expected movements over 10 business days and to a confidence level of 99 per cent. Some types of market risk are not captured in the regulatory VaR measure and these risks not in VaR are subject to capital add-ons.
A Potential Future Exposure (PFE) model is used to measure the credit exposure arising from the positive mark-to-market of traded products. The PFE model provides a quantitative estimate of future potential movements in market rates, prices, and volatilities at a certain confidence level over different time horizons based on the tenor of the transactions.
The Group applies two PFE methodologies: simulation-based, used for the bulk of FX, interest rates and commodity products, and add-on-based for credit products and residual non-simulation-based products.
Traded Risk Management monitors the overall portfolio risk and ensures that it is within specified limits and therefore RA. Limits are typically reviewed at least once a year.
All material Traded Risks are monitored daily against approved limits. Traded Risk limits apply at all times unless separate intra-day limits have been set.
The Group develops policies to address material Treasury Risks and aims to maintain its risk profile within RA. In order to do this, metrics are set against Capital Risk, Liquidity and Funding Risk and IRRBB. Where appropriate, RA metrics are cascaded down to clusters and countries in the form of limits and management action triggers.
In order to manage Capital Risk, strategic business financial plans and capital plans (Corporate Plan) are drawn up covering a five-year horizon and are approved by the Board annually. The plan ensures that adequate levels of capital, including loss-absorbing capacity, and an efficient mix of the different components of capital, are maintained to support our strategy and business plans. This process considers downside scenarios and the availability of recovery actions to course correct, as appropriate.
Treasury is responsible for the ongoing assessment of the demand for capital and the updating of the Group's capital plan.
RA metrics including capital, leverage, minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liability (MREL) and double leverage are assessed within the Corporate Plan to ensure that the strategy can be achieved within risk tolerances.
The Group's structural FX position results from the Group's non-US dollar investment in the share capital and reserves of subsidiaries and branches. The FX translation gains or losses are recorded in the Group's translation reserves with a direct impact on the Group's Common Equity Tier 1 ratio.
The Group contracts hedges to manage its structural FX position in accordance with the RA, and as a result the Group has taken net investment hedges to partially cover its exposure to certain non-US dollar currencies to mitigate the FX impact of such positions on its CET1 ratio.
At Group, cluster and entity level we implement various business-as-usual and stress risk metrics to monitor and manage Liquidity and Funding risk. This ensures that the Group maintains an adequate and well-diversified liquidity buffer, as well as a stable funding base, to meet its liquidity and funding regulatory requirements.
The risk management approach and RA are assessed annually through the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process. A funding plan, which is part of the Corporate Plan process, is developed for efficient liquidity projections to ensure that the Group is adequately funded to support the business growth and meet its obligations and client funding needs.
Page 09
This risk arises from differences in the repricing profile, interest rate basis, and optionality of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items. IRRBB represents an economic and earnings risk to the Group and its capital adequacy. The Group monitors and manages IRRBB using multiple RA metrics.
Pension Risk is the potential for loss due to having to meet an actuarially assessed shortfall in the Group's pension plans. Pension Risk arises from the Group's contractual or other liabilities with respect to its occupational pension plans or other long-term benefit obligations. For a funded plan, it represents the risk that additional contributions will need to be made because of a future funding shortfall. For unfunded obligations, it represents the risk that the cost of meeting future benefit payments is greater than currently anticipated.
The Pension Risk is monitored against the RA and reported to the GRC. The RA metric is calculated as the total capital requirement (including both Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A capital) in respect of Pension Risk, expressed as a number of basis points of RWA.
In line with PRA requirements, the Group maintains a Recovery Plan, which is a live document to be used by management in the event of financial stress in order to restore the Group's financial strength to a stable and sustainable position. The Recovery Plan includes a set of recovery indicators, an escalation framework, and a set of management actions capable of being implemented during a stress. A Recovery Plan is also maintained within each major entity, and all Recovery Plans are subject to periodic fire-drill testing.
As the UK resolution authority, the BoE set a single point of entry bail-in at the ultimate holding company level (Standard Chartered PLC) as the preferred resolution strategy for the Group. In support of this strategy, the Group has a set of capabilities, arrangements, and resources in place to maintain, test and improve resolution capabilities, and continues to meet the required resolvability outcomes on an ongoing basis.
The Resolvability Self-Assessment Report was submitted by the Group to the PRA in October 2023, with an update provided in January 2024. The Group also published its latest resolvability disclosure, as required by the BoE, on 6 August 2024. The next Group Resolvability Self-Assessment Report will be submitted to the BoE/PRA in October 2026.
On a day-to-day basis, Treasury Risk is managed by Treasury, Finance and country CEOs. The Group regularly reports and monitors Treasury Risk inherent in its business activities and those that arise from internal and external events.
Internal risk management reports covering the balance sheet and the capital, liquidity, and IRRBB positions are presented to the relevant country Asset and Liability Committee. The reports contain key information on balance sheet trends, exposures against RA and supporting risk measures which enable members to make informed decisions around the overall management of the balance sheet. In addition, an independent Treasury CRO team within ERM reviews the prudency and effectiveness of Treasury Risk management.
Pension Risk is managed by the Head of Pensions and Reward Analytics, and monitored by the Treasury CRO on a periodic basis.
The Operational and Technology RTF sets out the Group's overall approach to the management of Operational and Technology Risk in line with the Group's Operational and Technology RA. This is supported by the Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), which provides a systematic approach for identification and assessment of operational risks, including design and operation of mitigating controls (applicable to all risks as per the Non-Financial Risk Taxonomy).
The RCSA is used to determine the design and operating effectiveness of each process, and requires:
• the recording of end-to-end processes which deliver our key client journey and business outcomes
• the identification of risks to support the achievement of client and business outcomes
• the assessment of inherent risk on the impact to client and business outcomes, and likelihood of occurrence
• the design and monitoring of key controls to effectively and efficiently mitigate prioritised risks within acceptable levels and
• the assessment of residual risk and timely treatment of elevated risks.
Elevated Residual Risks require treatment plans to address the underlying causes and reduce the risks to within the RA.
We continue to strengthen our commitment to operational resilience through a robust risk management framework which enables the Group to anticipate, prevent, adapt, respond to, recover from, and learn from both internal and external disruptions, supported by ongoing reviews, control testing, and scenario-based assessments aimed at anticipating and reducing the potential impact of operational disruptions. The Group is required to conduct an annual self-assessment to evaluate its operational resilience. This self-assessment reviews the effectiveness of the operational resilience framework, identifies areas for improvement, and ensures compliance with regulatory expectations. These activities support the continuous oversight and improvement of our response and recovery capabilities.
Page 10
To deliver services to clients and to participate in the financial services sector, the Group runs processes which are exposed to Operational and Technology risks. The Group prioritises and manages risks which are significant to our clients and to the financial services sectors. The control indicators are regularly monitored to determine the Group's exposure to residual risk.
The residual risk assessments and reporting of events form the Group's Operational and Technology Risk profile. The completeness of the Operational and Technology Risk profile ensures appropriate prioritisation and timeliness of risk decisions, including risk acceptances with treatment plans for risks that exceed acceptable thresholds.
The BRC is informed on adherence to Operational and Technology RA through metrics reported for selected risks. These metrics are monitored, and escalation thresholds are devised based on the materiality and significance of the risk. These Operational and Technology RA metrics are consolidated on a regular basis and reported at the relevant Group committees, providing senior management with the relevant information to inform their risk decisions.
ICS Risk is managed through the ICS RTF, comprising a risk assessment methodology and supporting policy, standards, and methodologies. The ICS Policy and standards are aligned to industry best practice models including the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cyber Security Framework. ISO 27001, Payment Card Industry-Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS), Swift Customer Security Controls Framework (CSCF) and Legal, Regulatory and Mandatory (LRM) requirements. We undertake an annual ICS Effectiveness Review to evaluate ICS Risk management practices in alignment with the ERMF.
The Group Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) function monitors the evolving threat landscape covering cyber threats, attack vectors and threat actors that could target the Group. This includes performing a threat-led risk assessment to identify key threats, in-scope applications and key controls required to ensure the Group remains within RA.
The ICS Risk profiles of all businesses, functions and countries are consolidated to present a holistic Group-level ICS Risk profile for ongoing monitoring. During these reviews, the status of each risk is assessed against the Group's controls to identify any changes to impact and likelihood, which affects the overall risk rating.
ICS Board level responsibility and oversight is assured through the BRC. The Board education programme includes updates on the cyber security strategy, which is in place at a Group and Business level to adhere to internal standards and applicable laws and regulations.
The Group assesses its cyber posture through extensive control testing and by executing offensive security testing exercises, including independent vulnerability analysis and testing, code reviews, penetration tests and Red and Purple Team1 attack simulation testing. This approach constantly tests the Group's defences and approach to cyber security. These show a wider picture of the Group's risk profile, leading to better visibility on potential 'in flight' risks.
We perform independent third-party verification regarding the state of our internal information technology and ICS controls through industry recognised certifications and attestations:
• PCI DSS controls are assessed annually, in line with market regulatory requirements.
• We are System and Organisation Controls 2 type 2 certified, the scope of which covers the digital products and services to financial markets, global banking, cross products, cash management, trade finance, securities services and client services group using the Straight2Bank application suite.
• We undergo assessment based on the requirements stipulated by Swift's Customer Security Programme (CSP) to ensure high compliance.
The Group also tracks remediation of security matters identified by external reviews, such as the BoE CBEST Threat Intelligence-Led Assessment and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority's (HKMA) Intelligence-led Cyber Attack Simulation Testing (iCAST).
The CISO and OTCR functions monitor the ICS Risk profile and ensure that breaches of RA are escalated to the appropriate governance committee or authority levels for remediation and tracking.
1 Red Team focuses on simulating real-world attacks to identify vulnerabilities and test the effectiveness of an organization's defences, acting as adversaries
to challenge the security measures. Purple Team enhances collaboration between the Red Team and the Blue Team (defenders) to improve threat detection,
response, and overall security posture by sharing insights and strategies from both offensive and defensive perspectives
Page 11
The Group Head, CFCR is the Group's Chief Compliance and Money-Laundering Reporting Officer and performs the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Senior Management Control Functions SMF 16 and SMF 17 in accordance with requirements set out by the FCA, including those set out in the Systems and Controls chapter of the FCA Handbook.
The CFCR function is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of policies, standards, and oversight of first line of defence controls to ensure continued compliance with financial crime laws and regulations, and the mitigation of Financial Crime Risk. This includes controls covering key financial crime risks such as money laundering, terrorist financing, sanctions compliance, bribery and corruption, and fraud. We mitigate these risks through core controls such as client due-diligence, sanctions screening and other risk-based measures, supported by ongoing efforts to build awareness and capability across our people. In this, the requirements of the Operational and Technology RTF are followed to ensure a consistent approach to the management of processes and controls.
Financial Crime Risk management is built on a risk-based approach, meaning the risk management plans, processes, activities, and resource allocations are determined according to the level of risk.
1 Red Team focuses on simulating real-world attacks to identify vulnerabilities and test the effectiveness of an organization's defences, acting as adversaries
to challenge the security measures. Purple Team enhances collaboration between the Red Team and the Blue Team (defenders) to improve threat detection,
response, and overall security posture by sharing insights and strategies from both offensive and defensive perspectives
The Group monitors enterprise-wide financial crime risks through the Financial Crime Risk Assessment. This is undertaken annually to assess the inherent financial crime risk exposures and the associated processes and controls by which these exposures are mitigated. As part of this, the Group monitors sanctions compliance risk, reflecting changes in global sanctions requirements and developments across an increasingly complex sanctions landscape.
The controls designed to mitigate Financial Crime Risk in business operations are governed in line with the Operational and Technology RTF. The Group has a monitoring and reporting process in place for Financial Crime Risk, which includes escalation and reporting to the CFCR and relevant Country, Business, Senior Management and Board committees.
While not a formal governance committee, the CFCR Oversight Group provides oversight of CFCR risks including the effective implementation of the Financial Crime RTF. It also provides oversight, challenge and direction to CFCR policy owners on material changes and positions taken in CFCR-owned policies, including issues relating to regulatory interpretation and the Group's Financial Crime Risk RA.
The Group Head, CFCR is the Group's Chief Compliance and Money-Laundering Reporting Officer and performs the FCA Senior Management Control Functions SMF 16 and SMF 17 in accordance with requirements set out by the FCA, including those set out in the Systems and Controls chapter of the FCA Handbook.
All activities that the Group engages in must comply with the relevant country/local specific and extraterritorial regulations.
Compliance Risk includes the risks associated with a failure to comply with all regulations that are applicable to the Group regardless of the issuing regulatory authority. Where Compliance Risk arises, or could arise, from failure to manage another PRT, the oversight and management processes for that specific PRT must be followed, to ensure that effective oversight and challenge of the first line of defence can be provided by the appropriate second line of defence function.
Areas of regulation can be broadly divided into two distinct categories: those issued by financial service regulatory authorities and those issued by non-financial service regulators. The Group is exposed to both categories of regulation, and roles and responsibilities differ depending on the category. For regulations issued by financial services regulatory authorities and other regulators that may issue regulations pertaining to Compliance Risk, CFCR identifies new and amended regulations as and when issued and communicates the relevant regulatory obligations to the country RFO. Where regulatory obligations do not relate to risks for which CFCR is the RFO, the respective RTF sets out second line of defence ownership.
Each of the assigned second line of defence functions have responsibilities, including monitoring relevant regulatory developments from non-financial services regulators at both Group and country levels, policy development, implementation, and validation as well as oversight and challenge of first line of defence processes and controls.
The CFCR function is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of policies, standards, and oversight of the first line of defence controls to ensure compliance with laws and regulations, and the mitigation of Compliance Risk. In this, the requirements of the Operational and Technology RTF are followed to ensure a consistent approach to the management of processes and controls.
The monitoring of controls designed to mitigate the risk of regulatory non-compliance in processes is governed in line with the Operational and Technology RTF. Compliance Risk reporting includes escalation and reporting to the CFCR and relevant Country, Business, Senior Management and BRC.
Page 12
While not a formal governance committee, the CFCR Oversight Group provides oversight of CFCR risks including the effective implementation of the Compliance RTF, and oversight, challenge and direction to CFCR policy owners on material changes and positions taken in CFCR-owned policies, including issues relating to regulatory interpretation and the Group's Compliance Risk RA. The Regulatory Change Oversight Forum provides visibility and oversight of material and/or complex large-scale regulatory change impacting non-financial risks.
The ESGR RTF provides the overall risk management approach for ESGR risks.
The ESG Risk policy outlines the Group's commitment to integrating ESG considerations into its business, operations, and decision-making process. The policy sets out the requirements for identifying, assessing, escalating and managing ESG risks for the Group's operations, clients/ transactions and third parties. The Reputational Risk policy outlines the requirements for identifying, assessing, escalating and managing negative shifts in stakeholder perception arising from client onboarding and due diligence, transactions, product design and product features, or strategic coverages such as entry into new markets or investments. Whenever potential for stakeholder concerns is identified, issues are subject to review and decision by both the first and second lines of defence. The policy also sets out the key considerations for mitigating greenwashing risk that can arise during product and/or deal lifecycle, sustainability reporting and disclosures, and external campaigns related to sustainability themes.
Exposure to Reputational Risks arising from transactions, clients, products and strategic coverage is monitored through established triggers to prompt the appropriate risk-based considerations and assessment by the first line of defence and escalations to the second line of defence. Risk acceptance decisions and thematic trends are also reviewed on a periodic basis.
Exposure to ESG Risks is monitored through triggers embedded within the first line of defence processes. The environmental and social risks are considered for clients and transactions via Client Environmental, Social and Governance Risk Assessments (C-ESGRA), Transaction Environmental and Social Risk Assessments (ESRA), Reputational Risk Materiality Assessments (RRMA) and/or Climate Risk Assessments (CRA).
Vendors that are identified as high risk which meet the high‑risk category and country combinations based on responses provided by the supplier at onboarding, are assessed for modern slavery risk.
Exposure to Climate Risk is monitored in conjunction with other PRTs. We have embedded qualitative and quantitative climate considerations into the Group's Credit Underwriting Principles for Oil and Gas, Mining, Shipping, Commercial Real Estate and Project Finance portfolios. Starting October 2025, we have introduced a client-level Physical Risk Grading Framework in order to identify and monitor key risk hotspots in the CIB portfolio with regard to clients' exposure to extreme weather events. This is in addition to the Transition Risk Grading already in place for CIB clients. We have also expanded coverage of Climate and Credit Risk considerations to physical collateral, as they serve as key risk mitigants, especially in default events. We use available data or proxy methodologies to assess the portfolios within WRB for transition risks particularly consumer mortgage. We assess physical risk concentrations for our WRB portfolio on a quarterly basis and assess the physical risk vulnerabilities of our sites periodically and when new sites are onboarded. We have initiated an evaluation of physical risk vulnerabilities at our primary vendors' delivery sites this year. We are also monitoring the climate risk-related vulnerabilities and readiness of our top corporate liquidity providers, including the concentration of liquidity exposures with clients with high transition and/or high physical risk.
Our Net Zero Climate Risk Working Forum meets at least quarterly to discuss account plans and risk management strategies for high climate risk and net zero divergent clients. We are also enhancing the oversight on any new materially misaligned clients through a mandatory second line review as part of the deal approval process. Stress testing and scenario analysis are used to assess the impact of ESGR-related risks. The impact on capital requirements has been included in the Group Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP). Management information is reviewed at a quarterly frequency and any breaches in RA are reported to the GRC and BRC.
The Model Risk Policy and Standards define requirements for model development, validation, implementation and use, including regular model performance monitoring and, where required, model risk mitigants.
Model deficiencies identified through the development or validation process, or model performance issues identified through ongoing monitoring, are mitigated through respective model risk mitigants. Mitigants include model overlays as either post-model adjustments (PMAs) or management adjustments, model restrictions and potentially a model recalibration or redevelopment, all of which undergo independent review, challenge, and approval. PMAs are used to address observed deficiencies caused from within the model, by adjusting the model output either directly or indirectly (e.g. adjusting parameters).
Page 13
Where a PMA is applied as a mitigant for a model used in Pillar 1 or Pillar 2 calculations or models with material impact on financial accounting disclosures (e.g. IFRS 9), the independent review must be performed by Group Model Validation (GMV) with sign-off from the Model Approver prior to implementation. Management adjustments are used to address issues by applying management decisions without adjusting a direct modelling component.
As with all PRTs, operational controls are used to govern all Model Risk-related processes, with regular risk assessments performed to assess appropriateness and effectiveness of those controls, in line with the Operational and Technology RTF, with remediation plans implemented where necessary. Group Model Risk Policy and Standards also define requirements for Deterministic Quantitative Methods (DQMs) that are used as part of an end-to-end modelled process. DQMs are similar in nature to a model, however the processing component is either purely deterministic or has an element of expert judgement. Unlike a model, there is no use of statistical, economic, financial or mathematical theories.
The Group monitors Model Risk via a set of RA metrics. Adherence to Model RA and any threshold breaches are reported to the BRC, GRC and MRC. These metrics and thresholds are reviewed twice per year to ensure that threshold calibration remains appropriate, and the themes adequately cover the current risks.
Models undergo regular performance monitoring based on their level of perceived Model Risk, with monitoring results presented, and breaches escalated to the Model Sponsor, Model Owner, GMV and respective MRC or Individual Delegated Model Approvers. In addition, all models are subject to periodic revalidation, with frequency and intensity of the revalidation work determined by the materiality and uncertainty of the model.
Model Risk management produces Model Risk reports covering the model landscape, which include performance metrics, identified model issues and remediation plans. These are presented for discussion at the Model Risk governance committees on a regular basis.
Page 14
Unless otherwise stated, the balance sheet and income statement information presented within this section is based on the booking location. The accounting policy for the presentation of geographic information has been changed from being based on a management view which was principally the location from which a client relationship is managed, to being based on a view reflecting the location in which exposures are financially booked in 2025. Read more in Note 1 to the financial statements. Prior period amounts have been re-presented in line with this change with the impact presented in Note 40 to the financial statements.
Loans and advances to customers and banks held at amortised cost in this 'Risk profile' section include reverse repurchase agreement balances held at amortised cost, per Note 16 'Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar secured lending and borrowing'.
Credit Risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual obligations to pay the Group. Credit exposures arise from both the banking and trading books.
IFRS 9 mandates an impairment model that requires the recognition of expected credit losses (ECL) on all financial debt instruments held at amortised cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI), undrawn loan commitments and financial guarantees. Read more on the accounting policy on and the IFRS 9 methodology in the annual report.
Financial instruments that are not already credit-impaired are originated into stage 1 and a 12-month ECL provision is recognised.
Instruments will remain in stage 1 until they are repaid, unless they experience significant credit deterioration (stage 2) or they become credit-impaired (stage 3).
Instruments will transfer to stage 2 and a lifetime ECL provision is recognised when there has been a significant change in the Credit Risk compared to what was expected at origination.
The framework used to determine a Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) is set out below.
• 12-month ECL
• Performing
• Lifetime ECL
• Performing but has exhibited SICR
• Credit-impaired
• Non-performing
The main methodology principles and approach adopted by the Group are set out in the following table.
|
Title |
Supplementary Information |
|
Approach for determining ECL |
• IFRS 9 ECL methodology |
|
• Application of lifetime ECL |
|
|
Key assumptions and judgements in determining ECL |
• Incorporation of forward-looking information |
|
• Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the ECL calculation and the impact of non-linearity |
|
|
• Impact of multiple economic scenarios |
|
|
• Judgemental adjustments and management overlays |
|
|
• Sensitivity of ECL calculation to macroeconomic variables |
|
|
Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) |
• Quantitative and Qualitative criteria |
|
Credit‑impaired (or defaulted) exposures (Stage 3) |
• Expert credit judgement |
Page 15
|
Title |
Supplementary Information |
|
Transfers between stages |
• Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment |
|
Modified financial assets |
• Forborne and other modified loans |
|
Governance of PMAs and application of expert credit judgement in respect of ECL |
• IFRS 9 Impairment Committee |
The Group's on-balance sheet maximum exposure to Credit Risk increased by $43.2 billion to $866.6 billion (31 December 2024: $823.4 billion). Cash and balances at Central banks increased by $14.3 billion to $77.7 billion (31 December 2024: $63.4 billion) reflecting deposit growth in Greater China and North Asia requiring a corresponding increase in statutory reserve placements, and increased unrestricted balances driven by funding inflows and high-quality liquid asset deployment.
Debt securities (not held at fair value through profit or loss) increased by $22.2 billion to $165.8 billion (31 December 2024: $143.6 billion) due to deployment of excess surplus and liquidity buffer purposes. Loans and advances to customers increased by $5.8 billion to $286.8 billion (31 December 2024: $281.0 billion), which comprises of a $3.0 billion increase in CIB, $9.1 billion increase in WRB and Ventures, offset by $7.1 billion decrease in Central and other items. Fair value through profit and loss increased by $14.1 billion to $186.2 billion (31 December 2024: $172.0 billion), largely due to an increase in treasury bills and in loans to customers in the financing, insurance and non-banking and commercial real estate sectors.
Derivative financial instruments decreased by $15.7 billion to $65.8 billion (31 December 2024: $81.5 billion) mainly due to the weakening of the US dollar. Off-balance sheet instruments increased by $40.3 billion to $313.4 billion (31 December 2024: $273.2 billion), due to an increase in undrawn commitments, financial guarantees and other equivalents driven by client demand.
The Group continues to focus on high-quality origination with 95 per cent (31 December 2024: 94 per cent) of the Group's gross loans and advances to customers classified as stage 1.
Stage 1 gross loans and advances to customers increased by $6.0 billion to $275.1 billion (31 December 2024: $269.1 billion). CIB gross stage 1 balances increased by $4.1 billion to $132.8 billion (31 December 2024: $128.7 billion) across several sectors including transport, telecom and utilities and commercial real estate. WRB and Ventures gross stage 1 balances increased by $8.9 billion to $127.3 billion (31 December 2024: $118.4 billion), mainly due to a $5.3 billion increase in the mortgage portfolio across Korea and Singapore and $5.2 billion increase in secured wealth products due to higher demand in Singapore and Hong Kong. Central and other items, gross stage 1 balances decreased by $7.0 billion to $15.0 billion (31 December 2024: $22.0 billion) primarily due to maturity of placements held with the Monetary Authority of Singapore.
Stage 2 gross loans and advances to customers decreased by $0.8 billion to $9.8 billion (31 December 2024: $10.6 billion). CIB gross stage 2 balances decreased by $0.8 billion to $7.9 billion (31 December 2024: $8.6 billion), largely due to lower balances in the financing, insurance and non-banking sector from a sovereign portfolio upgrade. WRB and Ventures gross stage 2 loans and advances to customers balances remained stable at $2.0 billion (31 December 2024: $2.0 billion).
Stage 3 gross loans and advances decreased by $0.2 billion to $6.0 billion (31 December 2024: $6.2 billion) primarily in CIB due to restructuring related write-offs in the China commercial real estate sector offset by a downgrade in the government sector. This also contributed to a reduction in the CIB stage 3 cover ratio before collateral. The total stage 3 cover ratio reduced by 11.8 per cent to 51.8 per cent (31 December 2024: 63.6 per cent) of which around 8 per cent was related to CRE restructuring and 7 per cent was related to downgrades with low levels of coverage, where strong credit mitigants are in place. This was partially offset by other portfolio movements. The total stage 3 cover ratio post tangible collateral decreased to 68.4 per cent (31 December 2024: 77.8 per cent) with some of the downgrades being covered by guarantees and insurance which are not included as tangible collateral. The WRB stage 3 cover ratio after collateral increased to 88.5 per cent (31 December 2024: 83.1 per cent) driven by an increase in credit impairment provisions and collateral values.
The proportion of CIB exposures in stage 2 due to quantitative factors decreased mainly due to model changes and a sovereign portfolio upgrade. In Central and other items, balances reduced to $1.7 billion (31 December 2024: $2.1 billion) primarily due to a sovereign upgrade and portfolio movements.
The Group's ongoing credit impairment was a net charge of $676 million (31 December 2024: $557 million).
WRB contributed a net charge of $595 million (31 December 2024: $623 million) which is mainly driven by unsecured products as per normalised flow and provisions for stressed assets. The year-on-year decrease was due to portfolio quality improvements and a reduction in unsecured exposures which is in line with our strategic pivot to affluent.
Page 16
CIB contributed a net charge of $4 million (31 December 2024: $120 million release). The increase was mainly due to portfolio movements, higher judgemental overlays, and lower releases compared to 2024. Ventures had a charge of $59 million (31 December 2024: $73 million) as delinquency rates have improved following a change in credit underwriting criteria. Central and other items contributed a net charge of $18 million (31 December 2024: $19 million release), which included the impact of model updates in 2025.
The Group provides loans to CRE and data centres counterparties of which $10 billion1 is to counterparties in the CIB segment where the source of repayment is substantially derived from rental or sale of real estate and is secured by real estate collateral. The remaining CRE loans comprise working capital loans to real estate corporates, loans with non-property collateral, unsecured loans and loans to real estate entities of diversified conglomerates. The average loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of the performing book CRE portfolio remained stable at 54 per cent (31 December 2024: 54 per cent). The proportion of loans with an LTV greater than 80 per cent has increased to 6 per cent (31 December 2024: 4 per cent).
Total on and off-balance sheet exposure to China CRE decreased by $1.2 billion to $0.8 billion (31 December 2024: $2.0 billion) mainly from restructuring related write-offs and exposure reductions which also reduced stage 3 exposure to $0.4 billion (31 December 2024: $1.3 billion) and stage 3 provision coverage to 67 per cent (31 December 2024: 87 per cent). The Group continues to hold a judgemental management overlay, which decreased by $34 million to $36 million (31 December 2024: $70 million) due to repayments and utilisation during the year. The Group is further indirectly exposed to China CRE through its associate investment in China Bohai Bank.
The Group's loans and advances to Hong Kong CRE clients decreased by $1.0 billion to $1.5 billion (31 December 2024: $2.5 billion), due to repayments. 32 per cent (31 December 2024: 21 per cent) were in stage 2 and 6 per cent (31 December 2024: nil) in stage 3. Within stage 2, $0.4 billion (31 December 2024: nil) is rated as CG12. The portfolio is 86 per cent (31 December 2024: 82 per cent) secured with an average LTV of below 50 per cent (31 December 2024: below 40 per cent) and continues to be subject to proactive risk management with close monitoring of valuations and regular stress tests. The Group continues to hold a judgemental management overlay, which decreased by $11 million to $47 million (31 December 2024: $58 million) due to repayments and upgrades.
The Group's high carbon sectors exposure has increased by $5.4 billion to $43.1 billion (31 December 2024: $37.7 billion) due to the oil and gas, CRE and power sectors. High carbon sector exposure is at 12.6 per cent of the Group's maximum exposure (31 December 2024: 11.8 per cent).
Oil and gas exposure has increased by $2.0 billion to $9.5 billion (31 December 2024: $7.4 billion) due to an increase in short-term trade products, increased lending to gas infrastructure projects, and increased Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS) exposure.
CRE and power exposures have increased by $3 billion to $17 billion (31 December 2024: $14 billion) due to the growth of these sectors. Power continues to show a positive growth in lower carbon generation, through renewables financing, carbon efficient gas and the run-down of coal generation.
The increase in high carbon exposure does not directly translate into higher emissions intensity, as the exposure includes lending to both higher and lower emissions intensity counterparties, including sustainable finance and transition finance lending.
1 The Group's CRE net nominal exposure, adjusted for non-profit collateral.
Page 17
Maximum exposure to Credit Risk (audited)
The table below presents the Group's maximum exposure to Credit risk for its on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments as at 31 December 2025, before and after taking into account any collateral held or other Credit risk mitigation.
|
|
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
|
Credit risk management |
Credit risk management |
|||||||
|
Maximum exposure $million |
Collateral8 $million |
Master netting agreements $million |
Net exposure $million |
Maximum exposure $million |
Collateral8 $million |
Master netting agreements $million |
Net exposure $million |
|
|
On-balance sheet |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
77,746 |
- |
- |
77,746 |
63,447 |
- |
- |
63,447 |
|
Loans and advances to banks1 |
43,901 |
3,724 |
- |
40,177 |
43,593 |
2,946 |
- |
40,647 |
|
Of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
3,724 |
3,724 |
- |
- |
2,946 |
2,946 |
- |
- |
|
Loans and advances to customers1 |
286,788 |
134,253 |
- |
152,535 |
281,032 |
119,047 |
- |
161,985 |
|
Of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
8,242 |
8,242 |
- |
- |
9,660 |
9,660 |
- |
- |
|
Investment securities - Debt securities and other eligible bills2,3 |
165,753 |
- |
- |
165,753 |
143,562 |
- |
- |
143,562 |
|
Fair value through profit or loss4 |
186,173 |
84,130 |
- |
102,043 |
172,031 |
86,195 |
- |
85,836 |
|
Loans and advances to banks |
2,984 |
- |
- |
2,984 |
2,213 |
- |
- |
2,213 |
|
Loans and advances to customers |
12,355 |
- |
- |
12,355 |
7,084 |
- |
- |
7,084 |
|
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar lending |
84,130 |
84,130 |
- |
- |
86,195 |
86,195 |
- |
- |
|
Investment securities - Debt securities and other eligible bills4 |
86,704 |
- |
- |
86,704 |
76,539 |
- |
- |
76,539 |
|
Derivative financial instruments5 |
65,782 |
14,168 |
44,712 |
6,902 |
81,472 |
15,005 |
60,280 |
6,187 |
|
Accrued income |
2,631 |
- |
- |
2,631 |
2,776 |
- |
- |
2,776 |
|
Assets held for sale9 |
1,042 |
- |
- |
1,042 |
889 |
- |
- |
889 |
|
Other assets6 |
36,770 |
- |
- |
36,770 |
34,585 |
- |
- |
34,585 |
|
Total balance sheet |
866,586 |
236,275 |
44,712 |
585,599 |
823,387 |
223,193 |
60,280 |
539,914 |
|
Off-balance sheet7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undrawn Commitments |
199,245 |
3,513 |
- |
195,732 |
182,529 |
2,489 |
- |
180,040 |
|
Financial Guarantees and other equivalents |
114,193 |
3,214 |
- |
110,979 |
90,632 |
1,807 |
- |
88,825 |
|
Total off-balance sheet |
313,438 |
6,727 |
- |
306,711 |
273,161 |
4,296 |
- |
268,865 |
|
Total |
1,180,024 |
243,002 |
44,712 |
892,310 |
1,096,548 |
227,489 |
60,280 |
808,779 |
1 Amounts are net of ECL provisions. An analysis of credit quality is set out in the credit quality analysis section. Further details of collateral held by client
segment and stage are set out in the collateral analysis section. The Group also has credit mitigation through Credit Default Swaps and Credit Linked Notes.
2 Excludes equity and other investments of $1,203 million (31 December 2024: $994 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments.
3 The Group has credit insurance over $4.2 billion (31 December 2024: $4.03 billion) of other eligible bills.
4 Excludes equity and other investments of $9,084 million (31 December 2024: $5,486 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments.
5 The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions.
6 Other assets include Hong Kong certificates of indebtedness, cash collateral, and acceptances, in addition to unsettled trades and other financial assets.
7 Excludes ECL provisions of $224 million (31 December 2024: $255 million) which are reported under Provisions for liabilities and charges.
8 Adjusted for over-collateralisation, which has been determined with reference to the drawn and undrawn component as this best reflects the effect on the amount arising from expected credit losses.
9 The amount is after ECL provisions. Further details are set out in Note 21 Assets held for sale and associated liabilities.
Page 18
Analysis of financial instruments by stage (audited)
The table below presents the gross and credit impairment balances by stage for the Group's amortised cost and FVOCI financial instruments as at 31 December 2025.
|
|
2025 |
|||||||||||
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
|||||||||
|
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
76,520 |
- |
76,520 |
463 |
(1) |
462 |
773 |
(9) |
764 |
77,756 |
(10) |
77,746 |
|
Loans and advances to banks (amortised cost) |
43,608 |
(6) |
43,602 |
217 |
(1) |
216 |
90 |
(7) |
83 |
43,915 |
(14) |
43,901 |
|
Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost) |
275,062 |
(528) |
274,534 |
9,823 |
(446) |
9,377 |
5,964 |
(3,087) |
2,877 |
290,849 |
(4,061) |
286,788 |
|
Debt securities and other eligible bills5 |
164,283 |
(56) |
|
1,198 |
(5) |
|
296 |
(5) |
|
165,777 |
(66) |
|
|
Amortised cost |
57,005 |
(22) |
56,983 |
243 |
(2) |
241 |
26 |
- |
26 |
57,274 |
(24) |
57,250 |
|
FVOCI2 |
107,278 |
(34) |
|
955 |
(3) |
|
270 |
(5) |
|
108,503 |
(42) |
- |
|
Accrued income (amortised cost)4 |
2,631 |
|
2,631 |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
2,631 |
- |
2,631 |
|
Assets held for sale |
1,053 |
(22) |
1,031 |
8 |
- |
8 |
8 |
(5) |
3 |
1,069 |
(27) |
1,042 |
|
Other assets4 |
36,769 |
- |
36,769 |
- |
- |
- |
7 |
(6) |
1 |
36,776 |
(6) |
36,770 |
|
Undrawn commitments3 |
195,032 |
(49) |
|
4,208 |
(33) |
|
5 |
(2) |
|
199,245 |
(84) |
|
|
Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letter of credits3 |
112,091 |
(26) |
|
1,511 |
(16) |
|
591 |
(98) |
|
114,193 |
(140) |
|
|
Total |
907,049 |
(687) |
|
17,428 |
(502) |
|
7,734 |
(3,219) |
|
932,211 |
(4,408) |
|
1 Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values.
2 These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI
reserve.
3 These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a liability and therefore there is no 'net carrying amount'. ECL
allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component.
4 Stage 1 ECL is not material.
5 Stage 3 gross includes $278 million originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $5 million.
Page 19
|
|
2024 |
|||||||||||
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
|||||||||
|
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying value $million |
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
62,597 |
- |
62,597 |
432 |
(4) |
428 |
426 |
(4) |
422 |
63,455 |
(8) |
63,447 |
|
Loans and advances to banks (amortised cost) |
43,208 |
(10) |
43,198 |
318 |
(1) |
317 |
83 |
(5) |
78 |
43,609 |
(16) |
43,593 |
|
Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost) |
269,102 |
(483) |
268,619 |
10,631 |
(473) |
10,158 |
6,203 |
(3,948) |
2,255 |
285,936 |
(4,904) |
281,032 |
|
Debt securities and other eligible bills5 |
141,862 |
(23) |
|
1,614 |
(4) |
|
103 |
(2) |
|
143,579 |
(29) |
|
|
Amortised cost |
54,637 |
(15) |
54,622 |
475 |
(2) |
473 |
42 |
- |
42 |
55,154 |
(17) |
55,137 |
|
FVOCI2 |
87,225 |
(8) |
|
1,139 |
(2) |
|
61 |
(2) |
|
88,425 |
(12) |
|
|
Accrued income (amortised cost)4 |
2,776 |
|
2,776 |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
2,776 |
- |
2,776 |
|
Assets held for sale |
840 |
(7) |
833 |
38 |
- |
38 |
58 |
(45) |
13 |
936 |
(52) |
884 |
|
Other assets4 |
34,585 |
- |
34,585 |
- |
- |
- |
3 |
(3) |
- |
34,588 |
(3) |
34,585 |
|
Undrawn commitments3 |
178,516 |
(50) |
|
4,006 |
(52) |
|
7 |
(1) |
|
182,529 |
(103) |
|
|
Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letter of credits3 |
87,991 |
(16) |
|
2,038 |
(7) |
|
603 |
(129) |
|
90,632 |
(152) |
|
|
Total |
821,477 |
(589) |
|
19,077 |
(541) |
|
7,486 |
(4,137) |
|
848,040 |
(5,267) |
|
1 Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values.
2 These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI
reserve.
3 These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a liability and therefore there is no 'net carrying amount'. ECL
allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component.
4 Stage 1 ECL is not material.
5 Stage 3 gross includes $59 million originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of Nil.
Credit quality analysis (audited)
For CIB, exposures are analysed by credit grade (CG), which plays a central role in the quality assessment and monitoring of risk. All loans are assigned a CG, which is reviewed periodically and amended in light of changes in the borrower's circumstances or behaviour. CGs 1 to 12 are assigned to stage 1 and stage 2 (performing) clients or accounts, while CGs 13 and 14 are assigned to stage 3 (credit-impaired) clients. Consumer and Business Banking portfolios are analysed by days past due and Private Banking by the type of collateral held.
The Group uses the following internal risk mapping to determine the credit quality for loans.
|
Credit quality description |
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
|
Private Banking1 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking4 |
||||
|
Internal grade mapping |
|
S&P external ratings equivalent |
|
Regulatory PD range (%) |
|
Internal ratings |
|
Internal grade mapping |
||
|
Strong |
|
1A to 5B |
|
AAA/AA+ |
|
0 to 0.425 |
|
Class I and Class IV |
|
Current loans (no past dues nor impaired) |
|
Satisfactory |
|
6A to 11C |
|
BB to CCC+3 |
|
0.426 to 15.75 |
|
Class II and Class III |
|
Loans past due till 29 days |
|
Higher risk |
|
Grade 12 |
|
CCC+ to C |
|
15.751 to 99.999 |
|
Stressed Assets Group (SAG) Managed |
|
Past due loans 30 days and over till 90 days |
1 For Private Banking, classes of risk represent the type of collateral held. Class I represents facilities with liquid collateral, such as cash and marketable
securities. Class II represents unsecured/partially secured facilities and those with illiquid collateral, such as equity in private enterprises. Class III represents facilities with residential or commercial real estate collateral. Class IV covers margin trading facilities.
2 Banks' rating: AAA/AA+ to BB+/BB. Sovereigns' rating: AAA to BB+.
3 Banks' rating: BB to 'CCC+ to C'. Sovereigns' rating: BB+/BB to B-/CCC+.
4 Wealth & Retail Banking excludes Private Banking. Medium enterprise clients within Business Banking are managed using the same internal credit grades as CIB.
The table below sets out the gross loans and advances held at amortised cost, ECL provisions and ECL coverage by business segment and stage. ECL coverage represents the ECL reported for each segment and stage as a proportion of the gross loan balance for each segment and stage.
Page 20
Loans and advances by client segment (audited)
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
|||||||
|
Banks $million |
Customers |
Undrawn commitments $million |
Financial Guarantees $million |
|||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking $million |
Wealth & Retail Banking $million |
Ventures $million |
Central & $million |
Customer Total $million |
||||
|
Stage 1 |
43,608 |
132,772 |
124,657 |
2,649 |
14,984 |
275,062 |
195,032 |
112,091 |
|
• Strong |
31,257 |
94,399 |
119,351 |
2,628 |
14,228 |
230,606 |
176,123 |
67,184 |
|
• Satisfactory |
12,351 |
38,373 |
5,306 |
21 |
756 |
44,456 |
18,909 |
44,907 |
|
Stage 2 |
217 |
7,859 |
1,903 |
61 |
- |
9,823 |
4,208 |
1,511 |
|
• Strong |
42 |
1,767 |
1,414 |
39 |
- |
3,220 |
1,340 |
351 |
|
• Satisfactory |
172 |
4,984 |
154 |
8 |
- |
5,146 |
2,662 |
1,052 |
|
• Higher risk |
3 |
1,108 |
335 |
14 |
- |
1,457 |
206 |
108 |
|
Of which (stage 2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Less than 30 days past due |
- |
86 |
154 |
8 |
- |
248 |
- |
- |
|
• More than 30 days past due |
3 |
158 |
335 |
14 |
- |
507 |
- |
- |
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets |
90 |
4,201 |
1,723 |
38 |
2 |
5,964 |
5 |
591 |
|
Gross balance1 |
43,915 |
144,832 |
128,283 |
2,748 |
14,986 |
290,849 |
199,245 |
114,193 |
|
Stage 1 |
(6) |
(128) |
(346) |
(42) |
(12) |
(528) |
(49) |
(26) |
|
• Strong |
(2) |
(59) |
(304) |
(39) |
(12) |
(414) |
(28) |
(12) |
|
• Satisfactory |
(4) |
(69) |
(42) |
(3) |
- |
(114) |
(21) |
(14) |
|
Stage 2 |
(1) |
(310) |
(114) |
(22) |
- |
(446) |
(33) |
(16) |
|
• Strong |
(1) |
(4) |
(79) |
(13) |
- |
(96) |
(4) |
- |
|
• Satisfactory |
- |
(217) |
(12) |
(3) |
- |
(232) |
(20) |
(9) |
|
• Higher risk |
- |
(89) |
(23) |
(6) |
- |
(118) |
(9) |
(7) |
|
Of which (stage 2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Less than 30 days past due |
- |
(9) |
(12) |
(3) |
- |
(24) |
- |
- |
|
• More than 30 days past due |
- |
(1) |
(23) |
(6) |
- |
(30) |
- |
- |
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets |
(7) |
(2,214) |
(846) |
(25) |
(2) |
(3,087) |
(2) |
(98) |
|
Total credit impairment |
(14) |
(2,652) |
(1,306) |
(89) |
(14) |
(4,061) |
(84) |
(140) |
|
Net carrying value |
43,901 |
142,180 |
126,977 |
2,659 |
14,972 |
286,788 |
|
|
|
Stage 1 |
0.0% |
0.1% |
0.3% |
1.6% |
0.1% |
0.2% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
• Strong |
0.0% |
0.1% |
0.3% |
1.5% |
0.1% |
0.2% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
• Satisfactory |
0.0% |
0.2% |
0.8% |
14.3% |
0.0% |
0.3% |
0.1% |
0.0% |
|
Stage 2 |
0.5% |
3.9% |
6.0% |
36.1% |
0.0% |
4.5% |
0.8% |
1.1% |
|
• Strong |
2.4% |
0.2% |
5.6% |
33.3% |
0.0% |
3.0% |
0.3% |
0.0% |
|
• Satisfactory |
0.0% |
4.4% |
7.8% |
37.5% |
0.0% |
4.5% |
0.8% |
0.9% |
|
• Higher risk |
0.0% |
8.0% |
6.9% |
42.9% |
0.0% |
8.1% |
4.4% |
6.5% |
|
Of which (stage 2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Less than 30 days past due |
0.0% |
10.5% |
7.8% |
37.5% |
0.0% |
9.7% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
• More than 30 days past due |
0.0% |
0.6% |
6.9% |
42.9% |
0.0% |
5.9% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets (S3) |
7.8% |
52.7% |
49.1% |
65.8% |
100.0% |
51.8% |
40.0% |
16.6% |
|
• Stage 3 Collateral |
- |
314 |
678 |
- |
- |
992 |
- |
56 |
|
• Stage 3 Cover ratio (after collateral) |
7.8% |
60.2% |
88.5% |
65.8% |
100.0% |
68.4% |
40.0% |
26.1% |
|
Cover ratio |
0.0% |
1.8% |
1.0% |
3.2% |
0.1% |
1.4% |
0.0% |
0.1% |
|
Fair value through profit or loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performing |
36,580 |
62,780 |
2 |
1 |
- |
62,783 |
- |
- |
|
• Strong |
28,277 |
39,351 |
2 |
1 |
- |
39,354 |
- |
- |
|
• Satisfactory |
8,303 |
23,429 |
- |
- |
- |
23,429 |
- |
- |
|
• Higher risk |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Impaired (CG13-14) |
92 |
14 |
- |
- |
- |
14 |
- |
- |
|
Gross balance (FVTPL)2 |
36,672 |
62,794 |
2 |
1 |
- |
62,797 |
- |
- |
|
Net carrying value (incl FVTPL) |
80,573 |
204,974 |
126,979 |
2,660 |
14,972 |
349,585 |
- |
- |
1 Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $8,242 million under Customers and of $3,724 million under Banks, held at amortised cost.
2 Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $50,443 million under Customers and of $33,689 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss.
Page 21
|
Amortised cost |
2024 |
|||||||
|
Banks $million |
Customers |
Undrawn commitments $million |
Financial Guarantees $million |
|||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking $million |
Wealth & $million |
Ventures $million |
Central & $million |
Customer $million |
||||
|
Stage 1 |
43,208 |
128,746 |
117,015 |
1,383 |
21,958 |
269,102 |
178,516 |
87,991 |
|
• Strong |
31,239 |
90,725 |
111,706 |
1,367 |
21,540 |
225,338 |
162,574 |
56,070 |
|
• Satisfactory |
11,969 |
38,021 |
5,309 |
16 |
418 |
43,764 |
15,942 |
31,921 |
|
Stage 2 |
318 |
8,643 |
1,905 |
48 |
35 |
10,631 |
4,006 |
2,038 |
|
• Strong |
8 |
1,229 |
1,413 |
31 |
- |
2,673 |
994 |
471 |
|
• Satisfactory |
125 |
6,665 |
155 |
6 |
- |
6,826 |
2,862 |
1,403 |
|
• Higher risk |
185 |
749 |
337 |
11 |
35 |
1,132 |
150 |
164 |
|
Of which (stage 2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Less than 30 days past due |
- |
55 |
155 |
6 |
- |
216 |
- |
- |
|
• More than 30 days past due |
2 |
7 |
337 |
11 |
- |
355 |
- |
- |
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets |
83 |
4,476 |
1,617 |
12 |
98 |
6,203 |
7 |
603 |
|
Gross balance1 |
43,609 |
141,865 |
120,537 |
1,443 |
22,091 |
285,936 |
182,529 |
90,632 |
|
Stage 1 |
(10) |
(80) |
(383) |
(20) |
- |
(483) |
(50) |
(16) |
|
• Strong |
(7) |
(28) |
(325) |
(18) |
- |
(371) |
(33) |
(7) |
|
• Satisfactory |
(3) |
(52) |
(58) |
(2) |
- |
(112) |
(17) |
(9) |
|
Stage 2 |
(1) |
(303) |
(147) |
(23) |
- |
(473) |
(52) |
(7) |
|
• Strong |
- |
(41) |
(70) |
(14) |
- |
(125) |
(10) |
- |
|
• Satisfactory |
(1) |
(218) |
(32) |
(3) |
- |
(253) |
(32) |
(4) |
|
• Higher risk |
- |
(44) |
(45) |
(6) |
- |
(95) |
(10) |
(3) |
|
Of which (stage 2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Less than 30 days past due |
- |
(1) |
(32) |
(3) |
- |
(36) |
- |
- |
|
• More than 30 days past due |
- |
- |
(45) |
(6) |
- |
(51) |
- |
- |
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets |
(5) |
(3,178) |
(759) |
(11) |
- |
(3,948) |
(1) |
(129) |
|
Total credit impairment |
(16) |
(3,561) |
(1,289) |
(54) |
- |
(4,904) |
(103) |
(152) |
|
Net carrying value |
43,593 |
138,304 |
119,248 |
1,389 |
22,091 |
281,032 |
- |
- |
|
Stage 1 |
0.0% |
0.1% |
0.3% |
1.4% |
0.0% |
0.2% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
• Strong |
0.0% |
0.0% |
0.3% |
1.3% |
0.0% |
0.2% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
• Satisfactory |
0.0% |
0.1% |
1.1% |
12.5% |
0.0% |
0.3% |
0.1% |
0.0% |
|
Stage 2 |
0.3% |
3.6% |
7.7% |
47.9% |
0.0% |
4.4% |
1.3% |
0.3% |
|
• Strong |
0.0% |
3.3% |
5.0% |
45.2% |
0.0% |
4.7% |
1.0% |
0.0% |
|
• Satisfactory |
0.8% |
3.3% |
20.6% |
50.0% |
0.0% |
3.7% |
1.1% |
0.3% |
|
• Higher risk |
0.0% |
5.9% |
13.4% |
54.5% |
0.0% |
8.4% |
6.7% |
1.8% |
|
Of which (stage 2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Less than 30 days past due |
0.0% |
1.8% |
20.6% |
50.0% |
0.0% |
16.7% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
• More than 30 days past due |
0.0% |
0.0% |
13.4% |
54.5% |
0.0% |
14.4% |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets (S3) |
6.0% |
71.0% |
46.9% |
91.7% |
0.0% |
63.6% |
14.3% |
21.4% |
|
• Stage 3 Collateral |
1 |
297 |
584 |
- |
- |
881 |
- |
46 |
|
• Stage 3 Cover ratio (after collateral) |
7.2% |
77.6% |
83.1% |
91.7% |
0.0% |
77.8% |
14.3% |
29.0% |
|
Cover ratio |
0.0% |
2.5% |
1.1% |
3.7% |
0.0% |
1.7% |
0.1% |
0.2% |
|
Fair value through profit or loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performing |
36,967 |
58,506 |
6 |
- |
- |
58,512 |
- |
- |
|
• Strong |
30,799 |
38,084 |
3 |
- |
- |
38,087 |
- |
- |
|
• Satisfactory |
6,158 |
20,314 |
3 |
- |
- |
20,317 |
- |
- |
|
• Higher risk |
10 |
108 |
- |
- |
- |
108 |
- |
- |
|
Impaired (CG13-14) |
- |
13 |
- |
- |
- |
13 |
- |
- |
|
Gross balance (FVTPL)2 |
36,967 |
58,519 |
6 |
- |
- |
58,525 |
- |
- |
|
Net carrying value (incl FVTPL) |
80,560 |
196,823 |
119,254 |
1,389 |
22,091 |
339,557 |
- |
- |
1 Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $9,660 million under Customers and of $2,946 million under Banks, held at amortised cost.
2 Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $51,441 million under Customers and of $34,754 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss.
Page 22
Loans and advances analysis by client segment, credit quality and key geography
|
Credit grade |
Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) |
S&P external ratings equivalent |
2025 |
|||||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items |
||||||||||
|
Gross |
Credit impairment |
|||||||||
|
Stage 1 $million |
Stage 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
Stage 1 $million |
Stage 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
|||
|
Strong |
108,627 |
1,767 |
- |
110,394 |
(71) |
(4) |
- |
(75) |
||
|
1A-2B |
0 - 0.045 |
A+ and above |
27,495 |
71 |
- |
27,566 |
(14) |
- |
- |
(14) |
|
3A-4A |
0.046 - 0.110 |
A/A- to BBB+/BBB |
32,856 |
428 |
- |
33,284 |
(3) |
- |
- |
(3) |
|
4B-5B |
0.111 - 0.425 |
BBB to BBB-/BB+ |
48,276 |
1,268 |
- |
49,544 |
(54) |
(4) |
- |
(58) |
|
Satisfactory |
39,129 |
4,984 |
- |
44,113 |
(69) |
(217) |
- |
(286) |
||
|
6A-7B |
0.426 - 1.350 |
BB+/BB to BB- |
24,871 |
1,564 |
- |
26,435 |
(16) |
(26) |
- |
(42) |
|
8A-9B |
1.351 - 4.000 |
BB-/B+ to B |
9,738 |
1,758 |
- |
11,496 |
(36) |
(125) |
- |
(161) |
|
10A-11C |
4.001 - 15.75 |
B/B- to B-/CCC+ |
4,520 |
1,662 |
- |
6,182 |
(17) |
(66) |
- |
(83) |
|
Higher risk |
- |
1,108 |
- |
1,108 |
- |
(89) |
- |
(89) |
||
|
12 |
15.751 - 99.999 |
CCC/C |
- |
1,108 |
- |
1,108 |
- |
(89) |
- |
(89) |
|
Credit-impaired |
- |
- |
4,203 |
4,203 |
- |
- |
(2,216) |
(2,216) |
||
|
13-14 |
100 |
Impaired |
- |
- |
4,203 |
4,203 |
- |
- |
(2,216) |
(2,216) |
|
Total |
|
|
147,756 |
7,859 |
4,203 |
159,818 |
(140) |
(310) |
(2,216) |
(2,666) |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|||||||
|
Strong |
112,265 |
1,229 |
- |
113,494 |
(28) |
(41) |
- |
(69) |
||
|
1A-2B |
0 - 0.045 |
A+ and above |
32,160 |
31 |
- |
32,191 |
(2) |
- |
- |
(2) |
|
3A-4A |
0.046 - 0.110 |
A/A- to BBB+/BBB |
40,712 |
524 |
- |
41,236 |
(8) |
(33) |
- |
(41) |
|
4B-5B |
0.111 - 0.425 |
BBB to BBB-/BB+ |
39,393 |
674 |
- |
40,067 |
(18) |
(8) |
- |
(26) |
|
Satisfactory |
38,439 |
6,665 |
- |
45,104 |
(52) |
(218) |
- |
(270) |
||
|
6A-7B |
0.426 - 1.350 |
BB+/BB to BB- |
24,928 |
2,677 |
- |
27,605 |
(21) |
(24) |
- |
(45) |
|
8A-9B |
1.351 - 4.000 |
BB-/B+ to B |
9,514 |
2,618 |
- |
12,132 |
(20) |
(169) |
- |
(189) |
|
10A-11C |
4.001 - 15.75 |
B/B- to B-/CCC+ |
3,997 |
1,370 |
- |
5,367 |
(11) |
(25) |
- |
(36) |
|
Higher risk |
- |
784 |
- |
784 |
- |
(44) |
- |
(44) |
||
|
12 |
15.751 - 99.999 |
CCC/C |
- |
784 |
- |
784 |
- |
(44) |
- |
(44) |
|
Credit-impaired |
- |
- |
4,574 |
4,574 |
- |
- |
(3,178) |
(3,178) |
||
|
13-14 |
100 |
Impaired |
- |
- |
4,574 |
4,574 |
- |
- |
(3,178) |
(3,178) |
|
Total |
|
|
150,704 |
8,678 |
4,574 |
163,956 |
(80) |
(303) |
(3,178) |
(3,561) |
Page 23
Undrawn commitment and financial guarantees by client segment and credit quality
|
Credit grade |
Regulatory 1 year PD range (%) |
S&P external ratings equivalent |
2025 |
|||||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items |
||||||||||
|
Notional |
Credit impairment |
|||||||||
|
Stage 1 $million |
Stage 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
Stage 1 $million |
Stage 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
|||
|
Strong |
|
|
165,772 |
1,499 |
- |
167,271 |
(26) |
(1) |
- |
(27) |
|
1A-2B |
0 - 0.045 |
A+ and above |
30,194 |
344 |
- |
30,538 |
(2) |
- |
- |
(2) |
|
3A-4A |
0.046 - 0.110 |
A/A- to BBB+/BBB |
60,619 |
453 |
- |
61,072 |
(5) |
- |
- |
(5) |
|
4B-5B |
0.111 - 0.425 |
BBB to BBB-/BB+ |
74,959 |
702 |
- |
75,661 |
(19) |
(1) |
- |
(20) |
|
Satisfactory |
|
|
62,472 |
3,652 |
- |
66,124 |
(32) |
(28) |
- |
(60) |
|
6A-7B |
0.426 - 1.350 |
BB+/BB to BB- |
46,842 |
1,299 |
- |
48,141 |
(16) |
(3) |
- |
(19) |
|
8A-9B |
1.351 - 4.000 |
BB-/B+ to B |
11,762 |
1,388 |
- |
13,150 |
(11) |
(16) |
- |
(27) |
|
10A-11C |
4.001 - 15.75 |
B/B- to B-/CCC+ |
3,868 |
965 |
- |
4,833 |
(5) |
(9) |
- |
(14) |
|
Higher risk |
|
|
- |
292 |
- |
292 |
- |
(16) |
- |
(16) |
|
12 |
15.751 - 99.999 |
CCC+/C |
- |
292 |
- |
292 |
- |
(16) |
- |
(16) |
|
Credit-impaired |
- |
- |
583 |
583 |
- |
- |
(100) |
(100) |
||
|
13-14 |
100 |
Impaired |
- |
- |
583 |
583 |
- |
- |
(100) |
(100) |
|
Total |
|
|
228,244 |
5,443 |
583 |
234,270 |
(58) |
(45) |
(100) |
(203) |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|||||||
|
Strong |
|
|
140,733 |
1,265 |
- |
141,998 |
(22) |
(6) |
- |
(29) |
|
1A-2B |
0 - 0.045 |
A+ and above |
29,623 |
280 |
- |
29,903 |
(1) |
- |
- |
(1) |
|
3A-4A |
0.046 - 0.110 |
A/A- to BBB+/BBB |
53,568 |
492 |
- |
54,060 |
(4) |
- |
- |
(4) |
|
4B-5B |
0.111 - 0.425 |
BBB to BBB-/BB+ |
57,542 |
493 |
- |
58,035 |
(17) |
(6) |
- |
(23) |
|
Satisfactory |
|
|
46,394 |
4,200 |
- |
50,594 |
(23) |
(33) |
- |
(56) |
|
6A-7B |
0.426 - 1.350 |
BB+/BB to BB- |
2,544 |
1,065 |
- |
3,609 |
(4) |
(6) |
- |
(10) |
|
8A-9B |
1.351 - 4.000 |
BB-/B+ to B |
30,438 |
1,162 |
- |
31,600 |
(11) |
(16) |
- |
(27) |
|
10A-11C |
4.001 - 15.75 |
B/B- to B-/CCC+ |
13,412 |
1,973 |
- |
15,385 |
(8) |
(11) |
- |
(19) |
|
Higher risk |
|
|
- |
286 |
- |
286 |
- |
(11) |
- |
(11) |
|
12 |
15.751 - 99.999 |
CCC+/C |
- |
286 |
- |
286 |
- |
(11) |
- |
(11) |
|
Credit-impaired |
|
- |
- |
593 |
593 |
- |
- |
(129) |
(129) |
|
|
13-14 |
100 |
Impaired |
- |
- |
593 |
593 |
- |
- |
(129) |
(129) |
|
Total |
|
|
187,127 |
5,751 |
593 |
193,471 |
(45) |
(50) |
(129) |
(224) |
Page 24
Loans and advances analysis by client segment, credit quality and key geography
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items |
||||||||||||||||||
|
2025 |
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross |
Credit Impairment |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total Coverage % |
|||||||||||||
|
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Higher Risk $million |
Total $million |
Defaulted $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Higher Risk $million |
Total $million |
Impaired $million |
Total $million |
||
|
Hong Kong |
29,977 |
11,244 |
41,221 |
235 |
1,140 |
433 |
1,808 |
1,181 |
1,181 |
(19) |
(25) |
(44) |
- |
(78) |
(78) |
(156) |
(424) |
(424) |
(1.4)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
15,933 |
4,481 |
20,414 |
215 |
1,127 |
382 |
1,724 |
546 |
546 |
(16) |
(20) |
(36) |
- |
(75) |
(78) |
(153) |
(384) |
(384) |
(2.5)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
5,337 |
2,255 |
7,592 |
20 |
13 |
51 |
84 |
588 |
588 |
(1) |
(4) |
(5) |
- |
(3) |
- |
(3) |
(39) |
(39) |
(0.6)% |
|
Banks |
8,707 |
4,508 |
13,215 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
47 |
47 |
(2) |
(1) |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
(0.0)% |
|
Singapore |
25,585 |
9,638 |
35,223 |
636 |
962 |
25 |
1,623 |
240 |
240 |
(4) |
(11) |
(15) |
(2) |
(16) |
- |
(18) |
(170) |
(170) |
(0.5)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
9,996 |
4,552 |
14,548 |
617 |
849 |
25 |
1,491 |
162 |
162 |
(3) |
(9) |
(12) |
(2) |
(16) |
- |
(18) |
(159) |
(159) |
(1.2)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
11,217 |
1,198 |
12,415 |
- |
71 |
- |
71 |
39 |
39 |
(1) |
(1) |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(8) |
(8) |
(0.1)% |
|
Banks |
4,372 |
3,888 |
8,260 |
19 |
42 |
- |
61 |
39 |
39 |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(3) |
(3) |
(0.0)% |
|
China |
12,149 |
1,718 |
13,867 |
- |
123 |
12 |
135 |
89 |
89 |
(2) |
(1) |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(16) |
(16) |
(0.1)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
4,410 |
1,196 |
5,606 |
- |
122 |
12 |
134 |
87 |
87 |
(1) |
(1) |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(14) |
(14) |
(0.3)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
4,321 |
210 |
4,531 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(0.0)% |
|
Banks |
3,418 |
312 |
3,730 |
- |
1 |
- |
1 |
2 |
2 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(2) |
(2) |
(0.1)% |
|
UK |
16,597 |
7,627 |
24,224 |
52 |
1,300 |
462 |
1,814 |
868 |
868 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(30) |
- |
(30) |
(371) |
(371) |
(1.5)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
7,136 |
3,350 |
10,486 |
52 |
1,129 |
462 |
1,643 |
538 |
538 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(28) |
- |
(28) |
(346) |
(346) |
(3.0)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
7,028 |
2,188 |
9,216 |
- |
87 |
- |
87 |
329 |
329 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(2) |
- |
(2) |
(24) |
(24) |
(0.3)% |
|
Banks |
2,433 |
2,089 |
4,522 |
- |
84 |
- |
84 |
1 |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
(0.0)% |
|
US |
20,847 |
3,737 |
24,584 |
431 |
417 |
- |
848 |
298 |
298 |
(2) |
(3) |
(5) |
- |
(21) |
- |
(21) |
(53) |
(53) |
(0.3)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
6,629 |
3,075 |
9,704 |
163 |
367 |
- |
530 |
298 |
298 |
(1) |
(3) |
(4) |
- |
(20) |
- |
(20) |
(53) |
(53) |
(0.7)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
13,681 |
171 |
13,852 |
258 |
44 |
- |
302 |
- |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
(0.0)% |
|
Banks |
537 |
491 |
1,028 |
10 |
6 |
- |
16 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
0.0% |
|
Others |
34,729 |
17,516 |
52,245 |
455 |
1,214 |
179 |
1,848 |
1,617 |
1,617 |
(46) |
(33) |
(79) |
(3) |
(72) |
(11) |
(86) |
(1,189) |
(1,189) |
(2.4)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
18,355 |
13,663 |
32,018 |
428 |
1,108 |
176 |
1,712 |
1,341 |
1,341 |
(30) |
(25) |
(55) |
(2) |
(65) |
(11) |
(78) |
(997) |
(997) |
(3.2)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
4,586 |
2,788 |
7,374 |
14 |
67 |
- |
81 |
275 |
275 |
(15) |
(7) |
(22) |
- |
(7) |
- |
(7) |
(192) |
(192) |
(2.9)% |
|
Banks |
11,788 |
1,065 |
12,853 |
13 |
39 |
3 |
55 |
1 |
1 |
(1) |
(1) |
(2) |
(1) |
- |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
(0.0)% |
|
Total |
139,884 |
51,480 |
191,364 |
1,809 |
5,156 |
1,111 |
8,076 |
4,293 |
4,293 |
(73) |
(73) |
(146) |
(5) |
(217) |
(89) |
(311) |
(2,223) |
(2,223) |
(1.3)% |
1 Include financing, insurance and non-banking corporations and governments.
Page 25
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items |
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2024 |
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Gross |
Credit Impairment |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total Coverage % |
||||||||||||
|
|
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Higher Risk $million |
Total $million |
Defaulted $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Higher Risk $million |
Total $million |
Impaired $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Hong Kong |
29,643 |
12,079 |
41,722 |
230 |
1,539 |
64 |
1,833 |
1,308 |
1,308 |
(8) |
(8) |
(16) |
(33) |
(107) |
(9) |
(149) |
(1,157) |
(1,157) |
(2.9)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
13,230 |
6,180 |
19,410 |
225 |
1,329 |
64 |
1,618 |
1,296 |
1,296 |
(5) |
(4) |
(9) |
(33) |
(102) |
(9) |
(144) |
(1,157) |
(1,157) |
(5.9)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
4,526 |
2,730 |
7,256 |
4 |
206 |
- |
210 |
12 |
12 |
(1) |
(3) |
(4) |
- |
(5) |
- |
(5) |
- |
- |
(0.1)% |
|
Banks |
11,887 |
3,169 |
15,056 |
1 |
4 |
- |
5 |
- |
- |
(2) |
(1) |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(0.0)% |
|
Singapore |
34,114 |
8,762 |
42,876 |
500 |
1,019 |
35 |
1,554 |
337 |
337 |
- |
(8) |
(8) |
(4) |
(14) |
- |
(18) |
(196) |
(196) |
(0.5)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
9,545 |
4,457 |
14,002 |
469 |
658 |
35 |
1,162 |
265 |
265 |
- |
(6) |
(6) |
(4) |
(14) |
- |
(18) |
(195) |
(195) |
(1.4)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
20,156 |
1,091 |
21,247 |
29 |
358 |
- |
387 |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(0.0)% |
|
Banks |
4,413 |
3,214 |
7,627 |
2 |
3 |
- |
5 |
72 |
72 |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
(0.0)% |
|
China |
10,370 |
2,744 |
13,114 |
49 |
133 |
14 |
196 |
171 |
171 |
(3) |
(1) |
(4) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(86) |
(86) |
(0.7)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
4,934 |
2,143 |
7,077 |
49 |
133 |
14 |
196 |
168 |
168 |
(1) |
(1) |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(83) |
(83) |
(1.1)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
3,241 |
363 |
3,604 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(0.0)% |
|
Banks |
2,195 |
238 |
2,433 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
3 |
3 |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(3) |
(3) |
(0.2)% |
|
UK |
21,555 |
5,985 |
27,540 |
48 |
1,940 |
141 |
2,129 |
756 |
756 |
(10) |
(4) |
(14) |
- |
(27) |
(6) |
(33) |
(258) |
(258) |
(1.0)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
2,331 |
2,082 |
4,413 |
47 |
1,433 |
27 |
1,507 |
658 |
658 |
(9) |
(3) |
(12) |
- |
(27) |
(6) |
(33) |
(237) |
(237) |
(4.3)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
17,040 |
1,753 |
18,793 |
1 |
507 |
112 |
620 |
97 |
97 |
(1) |
(1) |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(21) |
(21) |
(0.1)% |
|
Banks |
2,184 |
2,150 |
4,334 |
- |
- |
2 |
2 |
1 |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
0.0% |
|
US |
15,707 |
4,400 |
20,107 |
92 |
433 |
33 |
558 |
4 |
4 |
(4) |
(1) |
(5) |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
(2) |
(3) |
(3) |
(0.0)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
5,334 |
2,705 |
8,039 |
77 |
322 |
- |
399 |
1 |
1 |
(3) |
(1) |
(4) |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
(2) |
- |
- |
(0.1)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
9,688 |
123 |
9,811 |
15 |
79 |
- |
94 |
3 |
3 |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(3) |
(3) |
(0.0)% |
|
Banks |
685 |
1,572 |
2,257 |
- |
32 |
33 |
65 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
0.0% |
|
Others |
32,116 |
16,437 |
48,553 |
318 |
1,726 |
681 |
2,725 |
2,081 |
2,081 |
(10) |
(33) |
(43) |
(3) |
(70) |
(29) |
(102) |
(1,483) |
(1,483) |
(3.1)% |
|
Corporate Lending |
21,909 |
12,516 |
34,425 |
291 |
1,030 |
490 |
1,811 |
1,883 |
1,883 |
(6) |
(26) |
(32) |
(3) |
(38) |
(28) |
(69) |
(1,333) |
(1,333) |
(3.8)% |
|
Non Corporate Lending1 |
332 |
2,296 |
2,628 |
22 |
610 |
41 |
673 |
191 |
191 |
- |
(6) |
(6) |
- |
(31) |
(1) |
(32) |
(149) |
(149) |
(5.4)% |
|
Banks |
9,875 |
1,625 |
11,500 |
5 |
86 |
150 |
241 |
7 |
7 |
(4) |
(1) |
(5) |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
(1) |
(0.1)% |
|
Total2 |
143,505 |
50,407 |
193,912 |
1,237 |
6,790 |
968 |
8,995 |
4,657 |
4,657 |
(35) |
(55) |
(90) |
(41) |
(219) |
(44) |
(304) |
(3,183) |
(3,183) |
(1.7)% |
1 Include financing, insurance and non-banking corporations and governments.
2 Amounts have been re-presented from management view to financial booking basis in line with RNS on Re-Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2025. Refer to the bridge tables in Note 40.
Page 26
|
|
Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2025 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross |
Credit impairment |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total Coverage % |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Higher Risk $million |
Total $million |
Defaulted $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Total $million |
Strong $million |
Satisfactory $million |
Higher Risk $million |
Total $million |
Impaired $million |
Total $million |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Hong Kong |
43,564 |
220 |
43,784 |
265 |
64 |
39 |
368 |
230 |
230 |
(74) |
(10) |
(84) |
(32) |
(5) |
(9) |
(46) |
(77) |
(77) |
|
(0.5)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
31,375 |
150 |
31,525 |
70 |
46 |
12 |
128 |
67 |
67 |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(3) |
(3) |
|
(0.0)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
4,332 |
33 |
4,365 |
112 |
18 |
23 |
153 |
19 |
19 |
(49) |
(5) |
(54) |
(30) |
(5) |
(9) |
(44) |
(16) |
(16) |
|
(2.5)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
7,857 |
37 |
7,894 |
83 |
- |
4 |
87 |
144 |
144 |
(24) |
(5) |
(29) |
(2) |
- |
- |
(2) |
(58) |
(58) |
|
(1.1)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Singapore |
33,327 |
52 |
33,379 |
448 |
25 |
32 |
505 |
347 |
347 |
(63) |
(17) |
(80) |
(7) |
(2) |
(7) |
(16) |
(279) |
(279) |
|
(1.1)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
15,809 |
12 |
15,821 |
196 |
18 |
11 |
225 |
16 |
16 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(7) |
(7) |
|
(0.0)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
2,531 |
25 |
2,556 |
18 |
7 |
20 |
45 |
22 |
22 |
(47) |
(17) |
(64) |
(5) |
(2) |
(7) |
(14) |
(17) |
(17) |
|
(3.6)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
14,987 |
15 |
15,002 |
234 |
- |
1 |
235 |
309 |
309 |
(16) |
- |
(16) |
(2) |
- |
- |
(2) |
(255) |
(255) |
|
(1.8)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Korea |
19,829 |
190 |
20,019 |
269 |
7 |
20 |
296 |
190 |
190 |
(23) |
(2) |
(25) |
(12) |
(2) |
(1) |
(15) |
(78) |
(78) |
|
(0.6)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
15,321 |
150 |
15,471 |
232 |
6 |
15 |
253 |
88 |
88 |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
- |
- |
(1) |
(3) |
(3) |
|
(0.0)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
16 |
- |
16 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
0.0% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
4,492 |
40 |
4,532 |
37 |
1 |
5 |
43 |
102 |
102 |
(22) |
(2) |
(24) |
(11) |
(2) |
(1) |
(14) |
(75) |
(75) |
|
(2.4)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Rest of World |
25,259 |
4,865 |
30,124 |
471 |
66 |
258 |
795 |
994 |
994 |
(183) |
(16) |
(199) |
(41) |
(6) |
(12) |
(59) |
(437) |
(437) |
|
(2.2)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
15,532 |
2,321 |
17,853 |
196 |
41 |
149 |
386 |
471 |
471 |
(4) |
(5) |
(9) |
(2) |
- |
(1) |
(3) |
(148) |
(148) |
|
(0.9)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
1,124 |
15 |
1,139 |
95 |
4 |
9 |
108 |
28 |
28 |
(21) |
(3) |
(24) |
(20) |
(1) |
(2) |
(23) |
(21) |
(21) |
|
(5.3)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
8,603 |
2,529 |
11,132 |
180 |
21 |
100 |
301 |
495 |
495 |
(158) |
(8) |
(166) |
(19) |
(5) |
(9) |
(33) |
(268) |
(268) |
|
(3.9)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Total |
121,979 |
5,327 |
127,306 |
1,453 |
162 |
349 |
1,964 |
1,761 |
1,761 |
(343) |
(45) |
(388) |
(92) |
(15) |
(29) |
(136) |
(871) |
(871) |
|
(1.1)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2024 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Hong Kong |
41,906 |
320 |
42,226 |
288 |
47 |
40 |
375 |
228 |
228 |
(59) |
(14) |
(73) |
(33) |
(20) |
(4) |
(57) |
(69) |
(69) |
|
(0.5)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
31,080 |
265 |
31,345 |
55 |
14 |
24 |
93 |
75 |
75 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(7) |
(7) |
|
(0.0)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
4,210 |
19 |
4,229 |
93 |
30 |
1 |
124 |
14 |
14 |
(36) |
(11) |
(47) |
(27) |
(19) |
(1) |
(47) |
(14) |
(14) |
|
(2.5)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
6,616 |
36 |
6,652 |
140 |
3 |
15 |
158 |
139 |
139 |
(23) |
(3) |
(26) |
(6) |
(1) |
(3) |
(10) |
(48) |
(48) |
|
(1.2)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Singapore |
26,755 |
52 |
26,807 |
441 |
39 |
34 |
514 |
312 |
312 |
(29) |
(26) |
(55) |
(6) |
(6) |
(6) |
(18) |
(265) |
(265) |
|
(1.2)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
13,531 |
12 |
13,543 |
160 |
32 |
15 |
207 |
9 |
9 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(4) |
(4) |
|
(0.0)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
2,248 |
25 |
2,273 |
14 |
5 |
16 |
35 |
16 |
16 |
(9) |
(26) |
(35) |
(5) |
(5) |
(4) |
(14) |
(19) |
(19) |
|
(2.9)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
10,976 |
15 |
10,991 |
267 |
2 |
3 |
272 |
287 |
287 |
(20) |
- |
(20) |
(1) |
(1) |
(2) |
(4) |
(242) |
(242) |
|
(2.3)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Korea |
18,062 |
220 |
18,282 |
378 |
9 |
22 |
409 |
112 |
112 |
(22) |
(1) |
(23) |
(28) |
(4) |
(1) |
(33) |
(33) |
(33) |
|
(0.5)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
13,198 |
171 |
13,369 |
250 |
8 |
17 |
275 |
62 |
62 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(2) |
(2) |
|
(0.0)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
36 |
1 |
37 |
1 |
- |
- |
1 |
- |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
(2.6)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
4,828 |
48 |
4,876 |
127 |
1 |
5 |
133 |
50 |
50 |
(21) |
(1) |
(22) |
(28) |
(4) |
(1) |
(33) |
(31) |
(31) |
|
(1.7)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Rest of World |
26,085 |
4,998 |
31,083 |
338 |
76 |
241 |
655 |
977 |
977 |
(239) |
(13) |
(252) |
(39) |
(5) |
(18) |
(62) |
(403) |
(403) |
|
(2.2)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgages |
15,079 |
2,007 |
17,086 |
136 |
43 |
141 |
320 |
459 |
459 |
(4) |
(2) |
(6) |
- |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
(124) |
(124) |
|
(0.7)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Credit cards |
1,148 |
351 |
1,499 |
29 |
12 |
19 |
60 |
40 |
40 |
(33) |
(1) |
(34) |
(21) |
- |
(1) |
(22) |
(27) |
(27) |
|
(5.2)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Others |
9,858 |
2,640 |
12,498 |
173 |
21 |
81 |
275 |
478 |
478 |
(202) |
(10) |
(212) |
(18) |
(5) |
(16) |
(39) |
(252) |
(252) |
|
(3.8)% |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Total |
112,808 |
5,590 |
118,398 |
1,445 |
171 |
337 |
1,953 |
1,629 |
1,629 |
(349) |
(54) |
(403) |
(106) |
(35) |
(29) |
(170) |
(770) |
(770) |
|
(1.1)% |
||||||||||||||||||
Page 27
Undrawn commitment and financial guarantees - by client segment credit quality
|
Amortised cost |
Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures |
|||||||
|
2025 |
||||||||
|
Notional |
ECL |
|||||||
|
Stage 1 $million |
Stage 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
Stage 1 $million |
Stage 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Strong |
70,447 |
82 |
- |
70,529 |
(13) |
(4) |
- |
(17) |
|
Satisfactory |
467 |
10 |
- |
477 |
(2) |
(1) |
- |
(3) |
|
Higher risk |
- |
22 |
- |
22 |
- |
(1) |
- |
(1) |
|
Impaired |
- |
- |
4 |
4 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Total |
70,914 |
114 |
4 |
71,032 |
(15) |
(6) |
- |
(21) |
|
|
2024 |
|||||||
|
Strong |
70,595 |
100 |
- |
70,695 |
(15) |
(3) |
- |
(18) |
|
Satisfactory |
850 |
11 |
- |
861 |
(5) |
(1) |
- |
(6) |
|
Higher risk |
- |
21 |
- |
21 |
- |
(3) |
- |
(3) |
|
Impaired |
- |
- |
8 |
8 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Total |
71,445 |
132 |
8 |
71,585 |
(20) |
(7) |
- |
(27) |
Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment for loans and advances, debt securities, undrawn commitments and financial guarantees (audited)
The tables overleaf set out the movement in gross exposures and credit impairment by stage in respect of amortised cost loans to banks and customers, undrawn commitments, financial guarantees and debt securities classified at amortised cost and FVOCI. The tables are presented for the Group and separately for CIB and WRB (which also includes a separate presentation for secured and unsecured exposures).
The movement lines within the tables are an aggregation of monthly movements over the year and will therefore reflect the accumulation of multiple trades during the year. The credit impairment charge in the income statement comprises the amounts within the boxes in the table below, less recoveries of amounts previously written off. Discount unwind is reported in net interest income and related to stage 3 financial instruments only.
The approach for determining the key line items in the tables is set out below.
• Transfers - transfers between stages are deemed to occur at the beginning of a month based on prior month closing balances.
• Net remeasurement from stage changes - the remeasurement of credit impairment provisions arising from a change in stage is reported within the stage that the assets are transferred to. For example, assets transferred into stage 2 are remeasured from a 12-month to a lifetime ECL, with the effect of remeasurement reported in stage 2. For stage 3, this represents the initial remeasurement from specific provisions recognised on individual assets transferred into stage 3 in the year.
• Net changes in exposures - new business written less repayments in the year. Within stage 1, new business written will attract up to 12 months of ECL charges. Repayments of non-amortising loans (primarily within CIB) will have low amounts of ECL provisions attributed to them, due to the release of provisions over the term to maturity. In stages 2 and 3, the net change in exposures reflects repayments although stage 2 may include new facilities where clients are on non-purely precautionary early alert, are CG 12.
• Changes in risk parameters - for stages 1 and 2, this reflects changes in the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) of assets during the year, which includes the impact of releasing provisions over the term to maturity. It also includes the effect of changes in forecasts of macroeconomic variables during the year. In stage 3, this line represents additional specific provisions recognised on exposures held within stage 3.
• Interest due but not paid - change in contractual amount of interest due in stage 3 financial instruments but not paid, being the net of accruals, repayments and write-offs, together with the corresponding change in credit impairment.
Changes to ECL models, which incorporate changes to model approaches and methodologies, are not reported as a separate line item as these have an impact over a number of lines and stages.
Page 28
Movements during the year
Stage 1 gross exposures increased by $69.4 billion to $790.1 billion (31 December 2024: $720.7 billion). CIB exposure increased by $45.5 billion to $412.6 billion (31 December 2024: $367.1 billion), due to an increase in exposures in financial guarantees in the financing, insurance and non-banking sector. WRB exposures increased by $6.5 billion to $186.1 billion (31 December 2024: $179.6 billion), largely driven by mortgages in Korea and Singapore, and increased demand in secured wealth products. Debt securities increased by $22.4 billion, largely in the Central and other items segment which had also seen a $7.0 billion reduction in loan balances to customers. Total stage 1 provisions increased by $83 million to $665 million (31 December 2024: $582 million). CIB provisions increased by $61 million to $194 million (31 December 2024: $133 million), due to an increase in management overlays and portfolio movements. WRB provisions reduced by $41 million to $351 million (31 December 2024: $392 million), due to a pivot to affluent clients.
Stage 2 gross exposures decreased by $1.7 billion to $17.0 billion (31 December 2024: $18.6 billion), primarily driven by a net reduction in CIB exposures primarily due to a sovereign upgrade, model changes and portfolio movements. WRB exposures were broadly stable at $2.0 billion (31 December 2024: $2.0 billion). Stage 2 provisions decreased by $36 million to $501 million (31 December 2024: $537 million). CIB provisions decreased by $8 million to $354 million (31 December 2024: $362 million), due to portfolio movements and sovereign upgrade. WRB provisions decreased by $31 million to $120 million (31 December 2024: $151 million) mainly driven by improvements from credit remediation actions. Debt securities primarily held in the Central and other items segment decreased by $416 million, due to sovereign upgrades.
Stage 3 gross exposures remained stable at $6.9 billion (31 December 2024: $7.0 billion). CIB exposures decreased by $0.3 billion to $4.9 billion (31 December 2024: $5.2 billion) due to repayments, restructuring related write-offs, which was offset by one downgrade in the government sector. Debt securities classified as purchased or originated credit‑impaired instruments (POCI) increased by $0.2 billion to $0.3 billion (31 December 2024: $0.1 billion) due to higher holdings of treasury bills in one defaulted sovereign. WRB exposures remained stable at $1.7 billion (31 December 2024: $1.6 billion). CIB provisions decreased by $1 billion to $2.3 billion (31 December 2024: $3.3 billion), due to releases from repayments and restructuring related write-offs. WRB provisions remained stable at $0.8 billion (31 December 2024: $0.8 billion). The amount of stage 3 exposures written off in 2025 that remain subject to enforcement activity is $1.7 billion (31 December 2024: $1.2 billion).
Page 29
All segments (audited)
|
Amortised cost and FVOCI |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 35 |
Total |
||||||||
|
Gross balance3 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance3 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance3 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance3 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
|
|
As at 1 January 2024 |
723,876 |
(526) |
723,350 |
22,268 |
(517) |
21,751 |
8,144 |
(4,499) |
3,645 |
754,288 |
(5,542) |
748,746 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
16,433 |
(543) |
15,890 |
(16,423) |
543 |
(15,880) |
(10) |
- |
(10) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(33,301) |
128 |
(33,173) |
33,770 |
(153) |
33,617 |
(469) |
25 |
(444) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(1,631) |
63 |
(1,568) |
(146) |
168 |
22 |
1,777 |
(231) |
1,546 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
29,928 |
(173) |
29,755 |
(18,435) |
80 |
(18,355) |
(1,383) |
622 |
(761) |
10,110 |
529 |
10,639 |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
61 |
61 |
- |
(185) |
(185) |
- |
(203) |
(203) |
- |
(327) |
(327) |
|
Changes in risk parameters |
- |
84 |
84 |
- |
(242) |
(242) |
- |
(873) |
(873) |
- |
(1,031) |
(1,031) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1,260) |
1,260 |
- |
(1,260) |
1,260 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
53 |
(53) |
- |
53 |
(53) |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
135 |
135 |
- |
135 |
135 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements1 |
(14,626) |
324 |
(14,302) |
(2,427) |
(231) |
(2,658) |
147 |
(268) |
(121) |
(16,906) |
(175) |
(17,081) |
|
As at 31 December 20242 |
720,679 |
(582) |
720,097 |
18,607 |
(537) |
18,070 |
6,999 |
(4,085) |
2,914 |
746,285 |
(5,204) |
741,081 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release6 |
|
(28) |
|
|
(347) |
|
|
(454) |
|
|
(829) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
279 |
|
|
279 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release4 |
|
(28) |
|
|
(347) |
|
|
(175) |
|
|
(550) |
|
|
As at 1 January 2025 |
720,679 |
(582) |
720,097 |
18,607 |
(537) |
18,070 |
6,999 |
(4,085) |
2,914 |
746,285 |
(5,204) |
741,081 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
17,431 |
(630) |
16,801 |
(17,429) |
630 |
(16,799) |
(2) |
- |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(39,710) |
125 |
(39,585) |
40,040 |
(144) |
39,896 |
(330) |
19 |
(311) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(170) |
1 |
(169) |
(3,038) |
255 |
(2,783) |
3,208 |
(256) |
2,952 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
74,970 |
(221) |
74,749 |
(19,400) |
5 |
(19,395) |
(1,558) |
502 |
(1,056) |
54,012 |
286 |
54,298 |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
73 |
73 |
- |
(176) |
(176) |
- |
(187) |
(187) |
- |
(290) |
(290) |
|
Changes in risk parameters |
- |
168 |
168 |
- |
(135) |
(135) |
- |
(1,035) |
(1,035) |
- |
(1,002) |
(1,002) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1,718) |
1,718 |
- |
(1,718) |
1,718 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(159) |
159 |
- |
(159) |
159 |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
102 |
102 |
- |
102 |
102 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements1 |
16,876 |
401 |
17,277 |
(1,823) |
(399) |
(2,222) |
506 |
(136) |
370 |
15,559 |
(134) |
15,425 |
|
As at 31 Dec 20252 |
790,076 |
(665) |
789,411 |
16,957 |
(501) |
16,456 |
6,946 |
(3,199) |
3,747 |
813,979 |
(4,365) |
809,614 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release6 |
|
20 |
|
|
(306) |
|
|
(720) |
|
|
(1,006) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
341 |
|
|
341 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release4 |
|
20 |
|
|
(306) |
|
|
(379) |
|
|
(665) |
|
1 Includes fair value adjustments and amortisation on debt securities.
2 Excludes Cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Assets held for sale and Other assets gross balances of $118,232 million (31 December 2024: $101,755 million) and Total credit impairment of $43 million (31 December 2024: $63 million).
3 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments.
4 Reported basis.
5 Stage 3 gross includes $278 million (31 December 2024: $59 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $5 million (31 December 2024: $Nil).
6 Does not include charge relating to Other assets of $7 million (31 December 2024: release of $3 million).
Page 30
Corporate & Investment Banking (audited)
|
Amortised cost and FVOCI |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
||||||||
|
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
|
|
As at 1 January 2024 |
337,189 |
(151) |
337,038 |
16,873 |
(318) |
16,555 |
6,256 |
(3,651) |
2,605 |
360,318 |
(4,120) |
356,198 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
10,390 |
(245) |
10,145 |
(10,390) |
245 |
(10,145) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(25,698) |
47 |
(25,651) |
25,810 |
(58) |
25,752 |
(112) |
11 |
(101) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(186) |
(4) |
(190) |
(186) |
22 |
(164) |
372 |
(18) |
354 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
50,866 |
(50) |
50,816 |
(16,508) |
88 |
(16,420) |
(1,063) |
607 |
(456) |
33,295 |
645 |
33,940 |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
16 |
16 |
(4) |
(36) |
(40) |
- |
(100) |
(100) |
(4) |
(120) |
(124) |
|
Changes in risk parameters2 |
- |
32 |
32 |
- |
(129) |
(129) |
- |
(324) |
(324) |
- |
(421) |
(421) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(321) |
321 |
- |
(321) |
321 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
25 |
(25) |
- |
25 |
(25) |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
104 |
104 |
- |
104 |
104 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements2 |
(5,455) |
222 |
(5,233) |
(726) |
(176) |
(902) |
13 |
(237) |
(224) |
(6,168) |
(191) |
(6,359) |
|
As at 31 December 2024 |
367,106 |
(133) |
366,973 |
14,869 |
(362) |
14,507 |
5,170 |
(3,312) |
1,858 |
387,145 |
(3,807) |
383,338 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release2 |
|
(2) |
|
|
(77) |
|
|
183 |
|
|
104 |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
26 |
|
|
26 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
(2) |
|
|
(77) |
|
|
209 |
|
|
130 |
|
|
As at 1 January 2025 |
367,106 |
(133) |
366,973 |
14,869 |
(362) |
14,507 |
5,170 |
(3,312) |
1,858 |
387,145 |
(3,807) |
383,338 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
11,606 |
(387) |
11,219 |
(11,606) |
387 |
(11,219) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(30,544) |
29 |
(30,515) |
30,795 |
(48) |
30,747 |
(251) |
19 |
(232) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(111) |
- |
(111) |
(1,567) |
56 |
(1,511) |
1,678 |
(56) |
1,622 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
58,190 |
(119) |
58,071 |
(17,214) |
32 |
(17,182) |
(883) |
505 |
(378) |
40,093 |
418 |
40,511 |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
4 |
4 |
(1) |
(16) |
(17) |
- |
(145) |
(145) |
(1) |
(157) |
(158) |
|
Changes in risk parameters |
- |
55 |
55 |
- |
(79) |
(79) |
- |
(299) |
(299) |
- |
(323) |
(323) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(1,075) |
1,075 |
- |
(1,075) |
1,075 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(187) |
187 |
- |
(187) |
187 |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
69 |
69 |
- |
69 |
69 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements |
6,343 |
357 |
6,700 |
(1,597) |
(324) |
(1,921) |
431 |
(365) |
66 |
5,177 |
(332) |
4,845 |
|
As at 31 December 2025 |
412,590 |
(194) |
412,396 |
13,679 |
(354) |
13,325 |
4,883 |
(2,322) |
2,561 |
431,152 |
(2,870) |
428,282 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release |
|
(60) |
|
|
(63) |
|
|
61 |
|
|
(62) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
54 |
|
|
54 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
(60) |
|
|
(63) |
|
|
115 |
|
|
(8) |
|
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments.
2 Business segments have been re-presented in line with the RNS on Re-Presentation of Financial information issued on 2 April 2025.
Page 31
Wealth & Retail Banking (audited)
|
Amortised cost and FVOCI |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
||||||||
|
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
|
|
As at 1 January 2024 |
190,999 |
(325) |
190,674 |
2,472 |
(140) |
2,332 |
1,485 |
(759) |
726 |
194,956 |
(1,224) |
193,732 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
5,126 |
(288) |
4,838 |
(5,116) |
288 |
(4,828) |
(10) |
- |
(10) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(7,393) |
80 |
(7,313) |
7,525 |
(80) |
7,445 |
(132) |
- |
(132) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(98) |
1 |
(97) |
(1,254) |
211 |
(1,043) |
1,352 |
(212) |
1,140 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
(3,926) |
(89) |
(4,015) |
(1,505) |
21 |
(1,484) |
(431) |
- |
(431) |
(5,862) |
(68) |
(5,930) |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
29 |
29 |
- |
(144) |
(144) |
- |
(44) |
(44) |
- |
(159) |
(159) |
|
Changes in risk parameters2 |
- |
35 |
35 |
- |
(152) |
(152) |
- |
(531) |
(531) |
- |
(648) |
(648) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(808) |
808 |
- |
(808) |
808 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
28 |
(28) |
- |
28 |
(28) |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
30 |
30 |
- |
30 |
30 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements2 |
(5,128) |
165 |
(4,963) |
(92) |
(155) |
(247) |
139 |
(22) |
117 |
(5,081) |
(12) |
(5,093) |
|
As at 31 December 2024 |
179,580 |
(392) |
179,188 |
2,030 |
(151) |
1,879 |
1,623 |
(758) |
865 |
183,233 |
(1,301) |
181,932 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release2 |
|
(25) |
|
|
(275) |
|
|
(575) |
|
|
(875) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
253 |
|
|
253 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
(25) |
|
|
(275) |
|
|
(322) |
|
|
(622) |
|
|
As at 1 January 2025 |
179,580 |
(392) |
179,188 |
2,030 |
(151) |
1,879 |
1,623 |
(758) |
865 |
183,233 |
(1,301) |
181,932 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
5,261 |
(234) |
5,027 |
(5,259) |
234 |
(5,025) |
(2) |
- |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(8,822) |
92 |
(8,730) |
8,901 |
(92) |
8,809 |
(79) |
- |
(79) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(52) |
1 |
(51) |
(1,437) |
193 |
(1,244) |
1,489 |
(194) |
1,295 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
6,130 |
(47) |
6,083 |
(2,291) |
(5) |
(2,296) |
(772) |
- |
(772) |
3,067 |
(52) |
3,015 |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
40 |
40 |
- |
(155) |
(155) |
- |
(42) |
(42) |
- |
(157) |
(157) |
|
Changes in risk parameters |
- |
50 |
50 |
- |
(37) |
(37) |
- |
(681) |
(681) |
- |
(668) |
(668) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(604) |
604 |
- |
(604) |
604 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
28 |
(28) |
- |
28 |
(28) |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
33 |
33 |
- |
33 |
33 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements |
3,965 |
139 |
4,104 |
65 |
(107) |
(42) |
43 |
220 |
263 |
4,073 |
252 |
4,325 |
|
As at 31 December 2025 |
186,062 |
(351) |
185,711 |
2,009 |
(120) |
1,889 |
1,726 |
(846) |
880 |
189,797 |
(1,317) |
188,480 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release |
|
43 |
|
|
(197) |
|
|
(723) |
|
|
(877) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
287 |
|
|
287 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
43 |
|
|
(197) |
|
|
(436) |
|
|
(590) |
|
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet instruments.
2 Business segments have been re-presented in line with the RNS on Re-Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2025.
Page 32
Wealth & Retail Banking - Secured (audited)
|
Amortised cost and FVOCI |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
||||||||
|
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
|
|
As at 1 January 2024 |
129,798 |
(33) |
129,765 |
1,827 |
(16) |
1,811 |
1,062 |
(525) |
537 |
132,687 |
(574) |
132,113 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
3,839 |
(23) |
3,816 |
(3,836) |
23 |
(3,813) |
(3) |
- |
(3) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(4,952) |
13 |
(4,939) |
5,054 |
(13) |
5,041 |
(102) |
- |
(102) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(43) |
- |
(43) |
(566) |
19 |
(547) |
609 |
(19) |
590 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
2,570 |
(11) |
2,559 |
(917) |
8 |
(909) |
(268) |
- |
(268) |
1,385 |
(3) |
1,382 |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
6 |
6 |
- |
(15) |
(15) |
- |
(7) |
(7) |
- |
(16) |
(16) |
|
Changes in risk parameters2 |
- |
10 |
10 |
- |
(6) |
(6) |
- |
(123) |
(123) |
- |
(119) |
(119) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(114) |
114 |
- |
(114) |
114 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
53 |
(53) |
- |
53 |
(53) |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
16 |
16 |
- |
16 |
16 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements2 |
(4,496) |
(10) |
(4,506) |
(57) |
(31) |
(88) |
(33) |
41 |
8 |
(4,586) |
- |
(4,586) |
|
As at 31 December 2024 |
126,716 |
(48) |
126,668 |
1,505 |
(31) |
1,474 |
1,204 |
(556) |
648 |
129,425 |
(635) |
128,790 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release2 |
|
5 |
|
|
(13) |
|
|
(130) |
|
|
(138) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
80 |
|
|
80 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
5 |
|
|
(13) |
|
|
(50) |
|
|
(58) |
|
|
As at 1 January 2025 |
126,716 |
(48) |
126,668 |
1,505 |
(31) |
1,474 |
1,204 |
(556) |
648 |
129,425 |
(635) |
128,790 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
4,097 |
(17) |
4,080 |
(4,095) |
17 |
(4,078) |
(2) |
- |
(2) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(6,064) |
7 |
(6,057) |
6,121 |
(7) |
6,114 |
(57) |
- |
(57) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(3) |
- |
(3) |
(634) |
14 |
(620) |
637 |
(14) |
623 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
8,276 |
(11) |
8,265 |
(1,687) |
9 |
(1,678) |
(447) |
- |
(447) |
6,142 |
(2) |
6,140 |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
4 |
4 |
- |
(32) |
(32) |
- |
(7) |
(7) |
- |
(35) |
(35) |
|
Changes in risk parameters |
- |
(18) |
(18) |
- |
41 |
41 |
- |
(174) |
(174) |
- |
(151) |
(151) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(101) |
101 |
- |
(101) |
101 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
53 |
(53) |
- |
53 |
(53) |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
19 |
19 |
- |
19 |
19 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements |
3,767 |
18 |
3,785 |
63 |
(28) |
35 |
10 |
64 |
74 |
3,840 |
54 |
3,894 |
|
As at 31 December 2025 |
136,789 |
(65) |
136,724 |
1,273 |
(17) |
1,256 |
1,297 |
(620) |
677 |
139,359 |
(702) |
138,657 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release |
|
(25) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
(181) |
|
|
(188) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
93 |
|
|
93 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
(25) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
(88) |
|
|
(95) |
|
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments.
2 Business segments have been re-presented in line with the RNS on Re-Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2025.
Page 33
Wealth & Retail Banking - Unsecured (audited)
|
Amortised cost and FVOCI |
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
||||||||
|
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance1 $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
|
|
As at 1 January 2024 |
61,201 |
(292) |
60,909 |
645 |
(124) |
521 |
423 |
(234) |
189 |
62,269 |
(650) |
61,619 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
1,287 |
(265) |
1,022 |
(1,280) |
265 |
(1,015) |
(7) |
- |
(7) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(2,441) |
67 |
(2,374) |
2,471 |
(67) |
2,404 |
(30) |
- |
(30) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(55) |
1 |
(54) |
(688) |
192 |
(496) |
743 |
(193) |
550 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
(6,496) |
(78) |
(6,574) |
(588) |
13 |
(575) |
(163) |
- |
(163) |
(7,247) |
(65) |
(7,312) |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
23 |
23 |
- |
(129) |
(129) |
- |
(37) |
(37) |
- |
(143) |
(143) |
|
Changes in risk parameters |
- |
25 |
25 |
- |
(146) |
(146) |
- |
(408) |
(408) |
- |
(529) |
(529) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(694) |
694 |
- |
(694) |
694 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(25) |
25 |
- |
(25) |
25 |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
14 |
14 |
- |
14 |
14 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements |
(632) |
175 |
(457) |
(35) |
(124) |
(159) |
172 |
(63) |
109 |
(495) |
(12) |
(507) |
|
As at 31 December 2024 |
52,864 |
(344) |
52,520 |
525 |
(120) |
405 |
419 |
(202) |
217 |
53,808 |
(666) |
53,142 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release |
|
(30) |
|
|
(262) |
|
|
(445) |
|
|
(737) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
172 |
|
|
172 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
(30) |
|
|
(262) |
|
|
(273) |
|
|
(565) |
|
|
As at 1 January 2025 |
52,864 |
(344) |
52,520 |
525 |
(120) |
405 |
419 |
(202) |
217 |
53,808 |
(666) |
53,142 |
|
Transfers to stage 1 |
1,164 |
(217) |
947 |
(1,164) |
217 |
(947) |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 2 |
(2,758) |
85 |
(2,673) |
2,780 |
(85) |
2,695 |
(22) |
- |
(22) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Transfers to stage 3 |
(49) |
1 |
(48) |
(803) |
179 |
(624) |
852 |
(180) |
672 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net change in exposures |
(2,146) |
(36) |
(2,182) |
(604) |
(14) |
(618) |
(325) |
- |
(325) |
(3,075) |
(50) |
(3,125) |
|
Net remeasurement from stage changes |
- |
36 |
36 |
- |
(123) |
(123) |
- |
(35) |
(35) |
- |
(122) |
(122) |
|
Changes in risk parameters |
- |
68 |
68 |
- |
(78) |
(78) |
- |
(507) |
(507) |
- |
(517) |
(517) |
|
Write-offs |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(503) |
503 |
- |
(503) |
503 |
- |
|
Interest due but unpaid |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
(25) |
25 |
- |
(25) |
25 |
- |
|
Discount unwind |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
14 |
14 |
- |
14 |
14 |
|
Exchange translation differences and other movements |
198 |
121 |
319 |
2 |
(79) |
(77) |
33 |
156 |
189 |
233 |
198 |
431 |
|
As at 31 December 2025 |
49,273 |
(286) |
48,987 |
736 |
(103) |
633 |
429 |
(226) |
203 |
50,438 |
(615) |
49,823 |
|
Income statement ECL (charge)/release |
|
68 |
|
|
(215) |
|
|
(542) |
|
|
(689) |
|
|
Recoveries of amounts previously written off |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
194 |
|
|
194 |
|
|
Total credit impairment (charge)/release |
|
68 |
|
|
(215) |
|
|
(348) |
|
|
(495) |
|
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments.
Page 34
Analysis of stage 2 balances
The table below analyses total stage 2 gross on-and off-balance sheet exposures and associated expected credit provisions by the key SICR driver that caused the exposures to be classified as stage 2 as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024 for each segment.
Where multiple drivers apply, the exposure is allocated based on the table order. For example, a loan may have breached the defined IFRS 9 PD thresholds, which is a quantitative trigger, and could also be on non-purely precautionary early alert, a qualitative trigger; in this instance, the exposure is reported under 'Quantitative'. Management overlay ECL is reported separately as the impact is spread across exposures with both quantitative and qualitative drivers.
|
|
2025 |
||||||||||||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
Wealth & Retail Banking |
Ventures |
Central & other items1 |
Total |
|||||||||||
|
Gross $million |
ECL $million |
Coverage % |
Gross $million |
ECL $million |
Coverage % |
Gross $million |
ECL $million |
Coverage % |
Gross $million |
ECL $million |
Coverage % |
Gross $million |
ECL $million |
Coverage % |
|
|
Quantitative |
6,742 |
131 |
1.9% |
1,291 |
89 |
6.9% |
60 |
18 |
30.0% |
297 |
3 |
1.0% |
8,390 |
241 |
2.9% |
|
Qualitative |
6,937 |
101 |
1.5% |
571 |
10 |
1.8% |
- |
- |
0.0% |
1,373 |
3 |
0.2% |
8,881 |
114 |
1.3% |
|
30 days past due |
- |
- |
0.0% |
147 |
15 |
10.2% |
10 |
4 |
40.0% |
- |
- |
0.0% |
157 |
19 |
12.1% |
|
Management overlay |
- |
122 |
0.0% |
- |
6 |
0.0% |
- |
- |
0.0% |
- |
- |
0.0% |
- |
128 |
0.0% |
|
Total stage 2 |
13,679 |
354 |
2.6% |
2,009 |
120 |
6.0% |
70 |
22 |
31.4% |
1,670 |
6 |
0.4% |
17,428 |
502 |
2.9% |
|
|
20242 |
||||||||||||||
|
Quantitative |
8,465 |
112 |
1.3% |
1,366 |
104 |
7.6% |
48 |
20 |
41.7% |
154 |
- |
0.0% |
10,033 |
236 |
2.4% |
|
Qualitative |
6,404 |
93 |
1.5% |
452 |
6 |
1.3% |
- |
- |
0.0% |
1,970 |
1 |
0.1% |
8,826 |
100 |
1.1% |
|
30 days past due |
- |
- |
0.0% |
212 |
19 |
9.0% |
6 |
4 |
66.7% |
- |
- |
0.0% |
218 |
23 |
10.6% |
|
Management overlay |
- |
157 |
0.0% |
- |
22 |
0.0% |
- |
3 |
0.0% |
- |
- |
0.0% |
- |
182 |
0.0% |
|
Total stage 2 |
14,869 |
362 |
2.4% |
2,030 |
151 |
7.4% |
54 |
27 |
50.0% |
2,124 |
1 |
0.0% |
19,077 |
541 |
2.8% |
1 Includes Gross and ECL for Cash and balances at central banks and Assets held for sale.
2 Amounts previously reported as 'Increase in PD' have been reported as Quantitative and all other amounts have been aggregated into and reported as Qualitative.
Page 35
Credit impairment charge (audited)
The table below analyses credit impairment charges or releases of the ongoing business portfolio and restructuring business portfolio for the year ended 31 December 2025.
|
|
2025 |
20241 |
||||
|
Stage 1 & 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
Stage 1 & 2 $million |
Stage 3 $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Ongoing business portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and Investment Banking |
121 |
(117) |
4 |
78 |
(198) |
(120) |
|
Wealth and Retail Banking |
159 |
436 |
595 |
301 |
322 |
623 |
|
Ventures |
(2) |
61 |
59 |
10 |
63 |
73 |
|
Central & other items |
18 |
- |
18 |
(18) |
(1) |
(19) |
|
Credit impairment charge/(release) |
296 |
380 |
676 |
371 |
186 |
557 |
|
Restructuring business portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others |
(3) |
(1) |
(4) |
1 |
(11) |
(10) |
|
Credit impairment charge/(release) |
(3) |
(1) |
(4) |
1 |
(11) |
(10) |
|
Total credit impairment charge |
293 |
379 |
672 |
372 |
175 |
547 |
1 Business segments have been re-presented in line with the RNS on Re-Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2025, with no change in total credit impairment charge.
Problem credit management and provisioning (audited)
A forborne loan arises when a concession has been made to the contractual terms of a loan in response to a customer's financial difficulties.
Net forborne loans increased by $238 million to $1,022 million (31 December 2024: $784 million), of which CIB accounted for $167 million largely driven by a new performing forborne loan in Hong Kong. WRB increased by $71 million to $254 million (31 December 2024: $183 million) mainly due to higher conversion in Malaysia and introduction of forbearance measures in China.
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
2024 |
||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking $million |
Wealth & $million |
Total $million |
Corporate & Investment Banking $million |
Wealth & $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Gross stage 1 and 2 forborne loans |
295 |
61 |
356 |
17 |
36 |
53 |
|
Modification of terms and conditions1 |
90 |
61 |
151 |
17 |
36 |
53 |
|
Refinancing2 |
205 |
- |
205 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Impairment provisions |
(68) |
- |
(68) |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
|
Modification of terms and conditions1 |
(8) |
- |
(8) |
- |
(1) |
(1) |
|
Refinancing2 |
(60) |
- |
(60) |
- |
- |
- |
|
Net stage 1 and 2 forborne loans |
227 |
61 |
288 |
17 |
35 |
52 |
|
Collateral |
4 |
36 |
40 |
- |
27 |
27 |
|
Gross stage 3 forborne loans |
1,295 |
311 |
1,606 |
2,065 |
258 |
2,323 |
|
Modification of terms and conditions1 |
1,208 |
311 |
1,519 |
1,824 |
258 |
2,082 |
|
Refinancing2 |
87 |
- |
87 |
241 |
- |
241 |
|
Impairment provisions |
(754) |
(118) |
(872) |
(1,481) |
(110) |
(1,591) |
|
Modification of terms and conditions1 |
(727) |
(118) |
(845) |
(1,242) |
(110) |
(1,352) |
|
Refinancing2 |
(27) |
- |
(27) |
(239) |
- |
(239) |
|
Net stage 3 forborne loans |
541 |
193 |
734 |
584 |
148 |
732 |
|
Collateral |
175 |
25 |
200 |
172 |
55 |
227 |
|
Net carrying value of forborne loans |
768 |
254 |
1,022 |
601 |
183 |
784 |
1 Modification of terms is any contractual change apart from refinancing, as a result of credit stress of the counterparty, i.e. interest reductions, loan covenant waivers.
2 Refinancing is a new contract to a borrower in credit stress, such that they are refinanced and can pay other debt contracts that they were unable to honour.
Page 36
Net forborne loans increased by $238 million to $1,022 million (31 December 2024: $784 million), mainly due to performing forborne loans in Hong Kong.
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
20241 |
||||||||||||||
|
Hong Kong $million |
Korea $million |
China $million |
Singapore $million |
UK $million |
US $million |
Other $million |
Total $million |
Hong Kong $million |
Korea $million |
China $million |
Singapore $million |
UK $million |
US $million |
Other $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Performing forborne loans |
147 |
10 |
- |
3 |
48 |
- |
80 |
288 |
2 |
8 |
- |
3 |
- |
- |
39 |
52 |
|
Stage 3 forborne loans |
131 |
24 |
73 |
32 |
103 |
- |
371 |
734 |
110 |
25 |
85 |
25 |
81 |
1 |
405 |
732 |
|
Net forborne loans |
278 |
34 |
73 |
35 |
151 |
- |
451 |
1,022 |
112 |
33 |
85 |
28 |
81 |
1 |
444 |
784 |
1 Amounts have been re-presented from management view to financial booking basis in line with RNS on Re-Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2025. Refer to the bridge tables in Note 40.
Potential credit losses from any given account, customer or portfolio are mitigated using a range of tools such as collateral, netting arrangements, credit insurance and credit derivatives, taking into account expected volatility and guarantees.
The reliance that can be placed on these mitigants is carefully assessed in light of issues such as legal certainty and enforceability, market valuation correlation and counterparty risk of the guarantor.
A secured loan is one where the borrower pledges an asset as collateral of which the Group is able to take possession in the event that the borrower defaults.
The collateral values in the table below (which covers loans and advances to banks and customers, excluding those held at fair value through profit or loss) are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for the effect of over-collateralisation. The extent of over‑collateralisation has been determined with reference to both the drawn and undrawn components of exposure as this best reflects the effect of collateral and other credit enhancements on the amounts arising from ECL. The value of collateral reflects management's best estimate and is backtested against our prior experience.
The table below details collateral held against exposures, separately disclosing stage 2 and stage 3 exposure and corresponding collateral.
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
||||||||
|
Net amount outstanding |
Collateral |
Net exposure |
|||||||
|
Total $million |
Stage 2 financial $million |
Credit-impaired financial $million |
Total2 $million |
Stage 2 financial $million |
Credit-impaired financial $million |
Total $million |
Stage 2 financial $million |
Credit-impaired financial $million |
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking1 |
186,081 |
7,765 |
2,070 |
34,122 |
2,292 |
314 |
151,959 |
5,473 |
1,756 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking |
126,977 |
1,789 |
877 |
99,641 |
916 |
678 |
27,336 |
873 |
199 |
|
Ventures |
2,659 |
39 |
13 |
- |
- |
- |
2,659 |
39 |
13 |
|
Central & other items |
14,972 |
- |
- |
4,214 |
- |
- |
10,758 |
- |
- |
|
Total |
330,689 |
9,593 |
2,960 |
137,977 |
3,208 |
992 |
192,712 |
6,385 |
1,968 |
|
|
2024 |
||||||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking1 |
181,897 |
8,657 |
1,376 |
36,750 |
3,052 |
298 |
145,147 |
5,605 |
1,078 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking |
119,248 |
1,758 |
858 |
85,163 |
891 |
584 |
34,085 |
867 |
274 |
|
Ventures |
1,389 |
25 |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
1,389 |
25 |
1 |
|
Central & other items |
22,091 |
35 |
98 |
80 |
35 |
- |
22,011 |
- |
98 |
|
Total |
324,625 |
10,475 |
2,333 |
121,993 |
3,978 |
882 |
202,632 |
6,497 |
1,451 |
1 Includes loans and advances to banks.
2 Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures.
Page 37
Collateral - Corporate & Investment Banking (audited)
Our underwriting standards encourage taking specific charges on assets and we consistently seek high-quality, investment grade collateral.
Collateral taken for longer-term and sub-investment grade corporate loans increased to 55 per cent (31 December 2024: 49 per cent).
For CIB, the unadjusted market value of collateral across all asset types, without adjusting for over collateralisation, increased to $412 billion (31 December 2024: $383 billion) predominantly due to an increase in reverse repos.
84 per cent (31 December 2024: 88 per cent) of tangible collateral excluding reverse repurchase agreements and financial guarantees held comprises physical assets with the remainder held in cash. Overall collateral remained broadly stable at $34.1 billion (31 December 2024: $36.8 billion).
Non-tangible collateral, such as guarantees and standby letters of credit, is also held against corporate exposures, although the financial effect of this type of collateral is less significant in terms of recoveries. However, this is considered when determining the loss given default and other credit related factors. Collateral is also held against off-balance sheet exposures, including undrawn commitments and trade-related instruments.
|
Amortised cost |
2025 $million |
2024 $million |
|
Maximum exposure |
186,081 |
181,897 |
|
Property |
9,086 |
8,504 |
|
Plant, machinery and other stock |
783 |
935 |
|
Cash |
3,034 |
1,973 |
|
Reverse repos |
7,816 |
12,568 |
|
AAA |
587 |
- |
|
AA- to AA+ |
233 |
938 |
|
A- to A+ |
2,454 |
8,324 |
|
BBB- to BBB+ |
2,122 |
1,437 |
|
Lower than BBB- |
- |
95 |
|
Unrated |
2,420 |
1,774 |
|
Financial guarantees and insurance |
7,717 |
7,075 |
|
Commodities |
11 |
33 |
|
Ships and aircraft |
5,675 |
5,662 |
|
Total value of collateral1,2 |
34,122 |
36,750 |
|
Net exposure |
151,959 |
145,147 |
1 Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures.
2 The Group also has credit mitigation through Credit default swaps and Credit Linked Notes.
In WRB, fully secured products increased to 88 per cent of the total portfolio (31 December 2024: 85 per cent), due to an increase in the mortgage portfolio and higher demand for secured wealth products.
The following table presents an analysis of loans to individuals by product; split between fully secured, partially secured and unsecured.
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
|
Fully secured1 $million |
Partially secured1 $million |
Unsecured $million |
Total2 $million |
Fully secured1 $million |
Partially secured1 $million |
Unsecured $million |
Total2 $million |
|
|
Maximum exposure |
111,633 |
490 |
14,854 |
126,977 |
101,264 |
536 |
17,448 |
119,248 |
|
Loans to individuals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages |
82,128 |
- |
- |
82,128 |
76,696 |
- |
- |
76,696 |
|
CCPL5 |
- |
- |
13,372 |
13,372 |
- |
- |
16,343 |
16,343 |
|
Secured wealth products |
27,055 |
- |
- |
27,055 |
21,928 |
- |
- |
21,928 |
|
Other4,5 |
2,450 |
490 |
1,482 |
4,422 |
2,640 |
536 |
1,105 |
4,281 |
|
Total collateral2 |
|
|
|
99,641 |
|
|
|
85,163 |
|
Net exposure3 |
|
|
|
27,336 |
|
|
|
34,085 |
|
Percentage of total loans |
88% |
0% |
12% |
|
85% |
0% |
15% |
|
1 Secured loans are fully secured if the fair value of the collateral is equal to or greater than the loan at the time of origination. All other secured loans are
considered to be partially secure.
2 Collateral values are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for the effect of over-collateralisation.
3 Amounts net of ECL.
4 Includes Auto Loans previously presented separately. Prior period has been represented.
5 Prior period has been represented between CCPL and Other for $463 million under Fully secured to align product classification'.
Page 38
Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios measure the ratio of the current mortgage outstanding to the current fair value of the properties on which they are secured.
For the majority of mortgage loans, the value of property held as security significantly exceeds the principal outstanding of the loan. The average LTV of the overall mortgage portfolio remains stable at 48.0 per cent (31 December 2024: 48.9 per cent). The decrease in Hong Kong residential mortgage LTV to 55.9 per cent (31 December 2024: 58.6 per cent) was due to an increase in property prices. However, 28.8 per cent of Hong Kong mortgage exposure is backed by credit insurance. Specifically, 94.6 per cent of Hong Kong mortgage exposure with LTV greater than 80 per cent is backed by credit insurance.
An analysis of LTV ratios by geography for the mortgage portfolio is presented in the table below.
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||||
|
Hong Kong % Gross |
Singapore % Gross |
Korea % Gross |
Other % Gross |
Total % Gross |
Hong Kong % Gross |
Singapore % Gross |
Korea % Gross |
Other % Gross |
Total % Gross |
|
|
Less than 50 per cent |
42.7 |
51.8 |
62.9 |
46.7 |
51.0 |
40.9 |
52.7 |
64.1 |
50.2 |
51.3 |
|
50 per cent to 59 per cent |
17.3 |
19.4 |
13.3 |
14.8 |
16.0 |
17.6 |
21.8 |
13.2 |
15.4 |
16.5 |
|
60 per cent to 69 per cent |
14.5 |
15.8 |
13.7 |
17.2 |
15.1 |
12.7 |
15.6 |
13.5 |
17.0 |
14.3 |
|
70 per cent to 79 per cent |
5.3 |
12.7 |
8.9 |
14.2 |
9.5 |
5.5 |
9.6 |
8.3 |
12.7 |
8.5 |
|
80 per cent to 89 per cent |
8.6 |
0.2 |
0.9 |
5.9 |
4.3 |
5.1 |
0.1 |
0.8 |
4.1 |
2.9 |
|
90 per cent to 99 per cent |
6.7 |
0.0 |
0.2 |
0.7 |
2.4 |
8.2 |
0.0 |
0.1 |
0.5 |
3.0 |
|
100 per cent and greater |
4.9 |
0.1 |
0.1 |
0.5 |
1.7 |
10.1 |
0.1 |
0.1 |
0.2 |
3.5 |
|
Average portfolio loan-to-value |
55.9 |
42.7 |
41.8 |
49.9 |
48.0 |
58.6 |
42.5 |
42.1 |
48.0 |
48.9 |
|
Loans to individuals - mortgages ($million) |
31,714 |
16,054 |
15,808 |
18,552 |
82,128 |
31,506 |
13,756 |
13,703 |
17,731 |
76,696 |
Collateral and other credit enhancements possessed or called upon (audited)
The Group obtains assets by taking possession of collateral (such as property, plant and equipment) or calling upon other credit enhancements (such as guarantees). Repossessed properties are sold in an orderly fashion. Where the proceeds are in excess of the outstanding loan balance, the excess is returned to the borrower.
Certain equity securities acquired may be held by the Group for investment purposes and are classified as fair value through profit or loss, and the related loan written off. The carrying value of collateral possessed that is held on the Group's balance sheet as of 31 December 2025 is $nil (31 December 2024: $24 million).
Other forms of credit risk mitigation are set out below.
The Group has entered into credit default swaps for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $3.5 billion (31 December 2024: $3.5 billion). These credit default swaps are accounted for as financial guarantees as per IFRS 9 as they will only reimburse the holder for an incurred loss on an underlying debt instrument. The Group continues to hold the underlying assets referenced in the credit default swaps and it continues to be exposed to related Credit Risk and Foreign Exchange Rate Risk on these assets.
The Group has issued credit linked notes for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $22.4 billion (31 December 2024: $18.6 billion). The Group continues to hold the underlying assets for which the credit linked notes provide mitigation. The credit linked notes of $1.9 billion (31 December 2024: $2.0 billion) are recognised as a financial liability at amortised cost on the balance sheet and are adjusted, where appropriate, for reductions in expected future cash flows with a corresponding credit impairment in the income statement.
For certain types of exposures, such as letters of credit and guarantees, the Group obtains collateral such as cash depending on internal Credit Risk assessments, as well as in the case of letters of credit holding legal title to the underlying assets should a default take place.
This section provides maturity analysis by credit quality by industry, and industry and retail products analysis by key geography.
Page 39
Shorter maturities give us the flexibility to respond promptly to events and rebalance or reduce our exposure to clients or sectors that are facing increased pressure or uncertainty.
Loans and advances in the CIB segment remain predominantly short-term, with $84.0 billion (31 December 2024: $91.1 billion) maturing in less than one year. 90 per cent (31 December 2024: 91 per cent) of loans to banks mature in less than one year, with exposures remaining stable at $43.9 billion (31 December 2024: $43.6 billion).
The WRB short-term book of one year or less, is broadly stable at 29 per cent (31 December 2024: 27 per cent). The WRB long-term book of over five years, also remained broadly stable at 62 per cent (31 December 2024: 62 per cent).
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
|
One year or less $million |
One to five years $million |
Over five $million |
Total $million |
One year $million |
One to five years $million |
Over five $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
83,996 |
40,495 |
20,341 |
144,832 |
91,065 |
33,130 |
17,670 |
141,865 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking |
36,930 |
12,317 |
79,036 |
128,283 |
32,252 |
13,194 |
75,091 |
120,537 |
|
Ventures |
1,917 |
819 |
12 |
2,748 |
1,001 |
442 |
- |
1,443 |
|
Central & other items |
14,723 |
259 |
4 |
14,986 |
22,085 |
2 |
4 |
22,091 |
|
Gross loans and advances to customers |
137,566 |
53,890 |
99,393 |
290,849 |
146,403 |
46,768 |
92,765 |
285,936 |
|
Impairment provisions |
(3,523) |
(443) |
(95) |
(4,061) |
(4,369) |
(409) |
(126) |
(4,904) |
|
Net loans and advances to customers |
134,043 |
53,447 |
99,298 |
286,788 |
142,034 |
46,359 |
92,639 |
281,032 |
|
Net loans and advances to banks |
39,360 |
3,946 |
595 |
43,901 |
39,591 |
3,699 |
303 |
43,593 |
This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost portfolio by industry on a gross, total credit impairment and net basis.
|
Amortised cost |
2025 |
|||||||||||
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
|||||||||
|
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying amount $million |
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net $million |
|
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy |
13,541 |
(34) |
13,507 |
803 |
(37) |
766 |
461 |
(412) |
49 |
14,805 |
(483) |
14,322 |
|
Manufacturing |
20,599 |
(14) |
20,585 |
744 |
(19) |
725 |
598 |
(320) |
278 |
21,941 |
(353) |
21,588 |
|
Financing, insurance and non-banking |
37,062 |
(13) |
37,049 |
506 |
(10) |
496 |
278 |
(181) |
97 |
37,846 |
(204) |
37,642 |
|
Transport, telecom and utilities |
17,893 |
(11) |
17,882 |
2,281 |
(43) |
2,238 |
390 |
(108) |
282 |
20,564 |
(162) |
20,402 |
|
Food and household products |
8,319 |
(9) |
8,310 |
295 |
(17) |
278 |
186 |
(177) |
9 |
8,800 |
(203) |
8,597 |
|
Commercial real estate |
13,103 |
(12) |
13,091 |
2,067 |
(161) |
1,906 |
706 |
(418) |
288 |
15,876 |
(591) |
15,285 |
|
Mining and quarrying |
4,881 |
(5) |
4,876 |
244 |
(7) |
237 |
33 |
(29) |
4 |
5,158 |
(41) |
5,117 |
|
Consumer durables |
6,279 |
(7) |
6,272 |
288 |
(15) |
273 |
239 |
(230) |
9 |
6,806 |
(252) |
6,554 |
|
Construction |
2,046 |
(9) |
2,037 |
353 |
(1) |
352 |
127 |
(127) |
- |
2,526 |
(137) |
2,389 |
|
Trading companies & distributors |
633 |
(1) |
632 |
11 |
- |
11 |
81 |
(47) |
34 |
725 |
(48) |
677 |
|
Government |
17,915 |
(17) |
17,898 |
119 |
- |
119 |
950 |
(82) |
868 |
18,984 |
(99) |
18,885 |
|
Other |
5,485 |
(8) |
5,477 |
148 |
- |
148 |
154 |
(85) |
69 |
5,787 |
(93) |
5,694 |
|
Total2 |
147,756 |
(140) |
147,616 |
7,859 |
(310) |
7,549 |
4,203 |
(2,216) |
1,987 |
159,818 |
(2,666) |
157,152 |
|
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage |
80,672 |
(11) |
80,661 |
992 |
(5) |
987 |
641 |
(161) |
480 |
82,305 |
(177) |
82,128 |
|
Credit Cards |
8,077 |
(129) |
7,948 |
289 |
(74) |
215 |
64 |
(53) |
11 |
8,430 |
(256) |
8,174 |
|
Personal Loans and other unsecured lending |
7,719 |
(186) |
7,533 |
194 |
(44) |
150 |
334 |
(160) |
174 |
8,247 |
(390) |
7,857 |
|
Secured wealth products |
26,609 |
(43) |
26,566 |
324 |
(6) |
318 |
530 |
(359) |
171 |
27,463 |
(408) |
27,055 |
|
Other |
4,229 |
(19) |
4,210 |
165 |
(7) |
158 |
192 |
(138) |
54 |
4,586 |
(164) |
4,422 |
|
Total |
127,306 |
(388) |
126,918 |
1,964 |
(136) |
1,828 |
1,761 |
(871) |
890 |
131,031 |
(1,395) |
129,636 |
|
Net carrying value (customers)1 |
275,062 |
(528) |
274,534 |
9,823 |
(446) |
9,377 |
5,964 |
(3,087) |
2,877 |
290,849 |
(4,061) |
286,788 |
|
Net carrying value (Banks)1 |
43,608 |
(6) |
43,602 |
217 |
(1) |
216 |
90 |
(7) |
83 |
43,915 |
(14) |
43,901 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $8,242 million for customers and $3,724 million for Banks.
2 Include Central & other items loans and advances to customers balance as set out in the Loans and advances by client segment table.
Page 40
|
Amortised cost |
2024 |
|||||||||||
|
Stage 1 |
Stage 2 |
Stage 3 |
Total |
|||||||||
|
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying amount $million |
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying amount $million |
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying amount $million |
Gross balance $million |
Total credit impairment $million |
Net carrying amount $million |
|
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy |
12,147 |
(9) |
12,138 |
468 |
(57) |
411 |
870 |
(559) |
311 |
13,485 |
(625) |
12,860 |
|
Manufacturing |
19,942 |
(12) |
19,930 |
840 |
(16) |
824 |
418 |
(305) |
113 |
21,200 |
(333) |
20,867 |
|
Financing, insurance and non-banking |
34,452 |
(16) |
34,436 |
1,238 |
(6) |
1,232 |
154 |
(142) |
12 |
35,844 |
(164) |
35,680 |
|
Transport, telecom and utilities |
16,099 |
(11) |
16,088 |
2,309 |
(32) |
2,277 |
330 |
(85) |
245 |
18,738 |
(128) |
18,610 |
|
Food and household products |
8,425 |
(8) |
8,417 |
267 |
(8) |
259 |
251 |
(198) |
53 |
8,943 |
(214) |
8,729 |
|
Commercial real estate |
12,135 |
(10) |
12,125 |
1,714 |
(126) |
1,588 |
1,485 |
(1,265) |
220 |
15,334 |
(1,401) |
13,933 |
|
Mining and quarrying |
5,542 |
(3) |
5,539 |
287 |
(12) |
275 |
124 |
(57) |
67 |
5,953 |
(72) |
5,881 |
|
Consumer durables |
5,988 |
(6) |
5,982 |
218 |
(26) |
192 |
292 |
(259) |
33 |
6,498 |
(291) |
6,207 |
|
Construction |
1,925 |
(2) |
1,923 |
528 |
(5) |
523 |
171 |
(160) |
11 |
2,624 |
(167) |
2,457 |
|
Trading companies & distributors |
589 |
- |
589 |
24 |
(1) |
23 |
88 |
(48) |
40 |
701 |
(49) |
652 |
|
Government |
28,870 |
- |
28,870 |
441 |
(12) |
429 |
205 |
(18) |
187 |
29,516 |
(30) |
29,486 |
|
Other |
4,590 |
(3) |
4,587 |
344 |
(2) |
342 |
186 |
(82) |
104 |
5,120 |
(87) |
5,033 |
|
Total4 |
150,704 |
(80) |
150,624 |
8,678 |
(303) |
8,375 |
4,574 |
(3,178) |
1,396 |
163,956 |
(3,561) |
160,395 |
|
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage |
75,340 |
(8) |
75,332 |
896 |
(2) |
894 |
606 |
(136) |
470 |
76,842 |
(146) |
76,696 |
|
Credit Cards |
8,037 |
(121) |
7,916 |
222 |
(80) |
142 |
71 |
(60) |
11 |
8,330 |
(261) |
8,069 |
|
Personal Loans and other unsecured lending3 |
9,563 |
(228) |
9,335 |
236 |
(53) |
183 |
274 |
(129) |
145 |
10,073 |
(410) |
9,663 |
|
Secured wealth products |
21,404 |
(37) |
21,367 |
402 |
(6) |
396 |
518 |
(353) |
165 |
22,324 |
(396) |
21,928 |
|
Other2,3 |
4,054 |
(9) |
4,045 |
197 |
(29) |
168 |
160 |
(92) |
68 |
4,411 |
(130) |
4,281 |
|
Total |
118,398 |
(403) |
117,995 |
1,953 |
(170) |
1,783 |
1,629 |
(770) |
859 |
121,980 |
(1,343) |
120,637 |
|
Net carrying value (customers)1 |
269,102 |
(483) |
268,619 |
10,631 |
(473) |
10,158 |
6,203 |
(3,948) |
2,255 |
285,936 |
(4,904) |
281,032 |
|
Net carrying value (Banks)1 |
43,208 |
(10) |
43,198 |
318 |
(1) |
317 |
83 |
(5) |
78 |
43,609 |
(16) |
43,593 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $9,660 million for customers and $2,946 million for Banks.
2 Includes Auto Loans previously presented separately. Prior period has been represented.
3 Prior period has been represented between Personal Loan and other unsecured lending and Other for $463 million to align product classification.
4 Include Central & other items loans and advances to customers balance as set out in the Loans and advances by client segment table.
This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost loan portfolio, net of provisions, by industry and geography.
The geographic disclosures below are presented on a booking location basis. As the Group operates a global booking model across CIB and Central and other items, the booking location does not necessarily reflect the country of risk (which is the country that can directly or indirectly put the counterparty at risk for the highest amount of potential financial losses) of the underlying counterparties.
On a country of risk basis, the countries analysed in the table below for CIB and Central and other items would cover approximately 50 per cent (31 December 2024: 53 per cent) of net loans and advances compared to 74 per cent (31 December 2024: 75 per cent) on a reported booking location basis.
Loans and advances to customers in the United Kingdom, Hong Kong and Singapore would be approximately lower by 49 per cent (31 December 2024: 65 per cent), 70 per cent (31 December 2024: 59 per cent) and 39 per cent (31 December 2024: 26 per cent) respectively. Loans and advances to customers in China and United States would be approximately higher by 49 per cent (31 December 2024: 55 per cent) and 6 per cent (31 December 2024: 9 per cent) respectively.
The manufacturing sector group is spread across a diverse range of industries, including automobiles and components, capital goods, pharmaceuticals, biotech and life sciences, technology hardware and equipment, chemicals, paper products and packaging, with lending spread over 3,340 clients.
Page 41
|
Amortised Cost |
2025 |
20241 |
||||||||||||
|
Hong Kong $million |
China $million |
Singapore $million |
UK $million |
US $million |
Other $million |
Total $million |
Hong Kong $million |
China $million |
Singapore $million |
UK $million |
US $million |
Other $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy |
2,254 |
103 |
4,005 |
3,685 |
1,730 |
2,545 |
14,322 |
1,036 |
60 |
3,089 |
3,666 |
1,771 |
3,238 |
12,860 |
|
Manufacturing |
4,653 |
3,311 |
2,775 |
848 |
2,553 |
7,448 |
21,588 |
4,077 |
4,200 |
1,655 |
660 |
2,307 |
7,968 |
20,867 |
|
Financing, insurance and non-banking |
4,225 |
4,404 |
1,959 |
8,119 |
14,150 |
4,785 |
37,642 |
3,633 |
3,486 |
2,401 |
12,282 |
9,900 |
3,978 |
35,680 |
|
Transport, telecom and utilities |
6,125 |
87 |
4,337 |
1,817 |
1,552 |
6,484 |
20,402 |
5,131 |
612 |
3,766 |
2,596 |
880 |
5,625 |
18,610 |
|
Food and household products |
341 |
301 |
1,489 |
1,162 |
1,081 |
4,223 |
8,597 |
1,038 |
428 |
1,472 |
1,151 |
685 |
3,955 |
8,729 |
|
Commercial Real estate |
4,067 |
231 |
1,209 |
2,000 |
2,296 |
5,482 |
15,285 |
4,512 |
334 |
1,421 |
1,107 |
1,575 |
4,984 |
13,933 |
|
Mining and Quarrying |
434 |
541 |
401 |
1,525 |
101 |
2,115 |
5,117 |
608 |
606 |
866 |
1,644 |
214 |
1,943 |
5,881 |
|
Consumer durables |
2,416 |
503 |
359 |
308 |
414 |
2,554 |
6,554 |
2,780 |
293 |
504 |
154 |
481 |
1,995 |
6,207 |
|
Construction |
179 |
119 |
354 |
198 |
247 |
1,292 |
2,389 |
318 |
156 |
482 |
96 |
247 |
1,158 |
2,457 |
|
Trading Companies & Distributors |
47 |
143 |
126 |
31 |
36 |
294 |
677 |
95 |
103 |
106 |
31 |
40 |
277 |
652 |
|
Government |
3,993 |
126 |
10,557 |
1,486 |
2 |
2,721 |
18,885 |
3,836 |
117 |
20,266 |
1,671 |
4 |
3,592 |
29,486 |
|
Other |
1,594 |
472 |
956 |
720 |
445 |
1,507 |
5,694 |
1,419 |
563 |
816 |
724 |
233 |
1,278 |
5,033 |
|
Net Loans and advances to Customers |
30,328 |
10,341 |
28,527 |
21,899 |
24,607 |
41,450 |
157,152 |
28,483 |
10,958 |
36,844 |
25,782 |
18,337 |
39,991 |
160,395 |
|
Net Loans and advances to Banks |
13,258 |
3,731 |
8,356 |
4,606 |
1,044 |
12,906 |
43,901 |
15,058 |
2,432 |
7,701 |
4,337 |
2,322 |
11,743 |
43,593 |
1 Amounts have been re-presented from management view to financial booking basis in line with RNS on Re-Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2025 and also to include Central & other items amounts. Refer to the bridge tables in Note 40.
|
Amortised Cost |
2025 |
20242 |
||||||||
|
Hong Kong $million |
Korea $million |
Singapore $million |
Other $million |
Total $million |
Hong Kong $million |
Korea $million |
Singapore $million |
Other $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Mortgages |
31,714 |
15,808 |
16,054 |
18,552 |
82,128 |
31,506 |
13,703 |
13,756 |
17,731 |
76,696 |
|
Credit Cards |
4,424 |
17 |
2,529 |
1,204 |
8,174 |
4,262 |
38 |
2,252 |
1,517 |
8,069 |
|
Personal Loans and other unsecured lending3 |
996 |
2,474 |
332 |
4,055 |
7,857 |
1,057 |
2,796 |
301 |
5,509 |
9,663 |
|
Secured wealth products |
6,444 |
19 |
14,812 |
5,780 |
27,055 |
5,229 |
24 |
10,793 |
5,882 |
21,928 |
|
Other Retail1,3 |
597 |
2,069 |
129 |
1,627 |
4,422 |
579 |
2,153 |
194 |
1,355 |
4,281 |
|
Net Loans and advances to Customers |
44,175 |
20,387 |
33,856 |
31,218 |
129,636 |
42,633 |
18,714 |
27,296 |
31,994 |
120,637 |
1 Includes Auto Loans previously presented separately. Prior period has been represented.
2 Prior year has been represented to include Ventures.
3 Prior period has been represented between Personal Loans and other unsecured lending and Other Retail for $463 million to align product classification.
Sectors are identified and grouped as per the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) system and exposure numbers have been updated to include all in-scope ISIC codes used for target setting among the high carbon sectors. The exposure is a mixture of high carbon loans, and lending tagged as sustainable finance such as green buildings in commercial real estate, renewable plants in power, and CCUS in oil and gas.
The maximum exposures shown in the table include loans and advances at amortised cost, Fair Value through profit or loss, and committed facilities available as per IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments.
Page 42
Maximum exposure
|
|
2025 |
||||||
|
Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure $million |
Collateral $million |
Net On Balance Sheet Exposure $million |
Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment) $million |
Financial Guarantees (net of credit impairment) $million |
Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive manufacturers |
4,409 |
412 |
3,997 |
4,712 |
730 |
5,442 |
9,439 |
|
Aviation |
2,010 |
1,176 |
834 |
1,206 |
820 |
2,026 |
2,860 |
|
Steel |
1,767 |
296 |
1,471 |
834 |
237 |
1,071 |
2,542 |
|
Coal Mining |
2 |
1 |
1 |
- |
8 |
8 |
9 |
|
Aluminium |
875 |
39 |
836 |
371 |
93 |
464 |
1,300 |
|
Cement |
781 |
52 |
729 |
693 |
264 |
957 |
1,686 |
|
Shipping |
6,861 |
4,300 |
2,561 |
2,183 |
180 |
2,363 |
4,924 |
|
Commercial Real Estate |
9,397 |
4,406 |
4,991 |
3,050 |
188 |
3,238 |
8,229 |
|
Oil & Gas |
9,462 |
992 |
8,470 |
12,257 |
8,314 |
20,571 |
29,041 |
|
Power |
7,585 |
1,180 |
6,405 |
6,138 |
1,548 |
7,686 |
14,091 |
|
Total1,5 |
43,149 |
12,854 |
30,295 |
31,444 |
12,382 |
43,826 |
74,121 |
|
Total Corporate & Investment Banking2 |
204,974 |
27,925 |
177,049 |
135,410 |
105,414 |
240,824 |
417,872 |
|
Total Group3,4 |
430,158 |
137,977 |
292,181 |
208,841 |
114,053 |
322,894 |
615,074 |
|
|
2024 |
||||||
|
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive manufacturers |
3,881 |
69 |
3,812 |
3,331 |
605 |
3,936 |
7,748 |
|
Aviation |
1,829 |
960 |
869 |
842 |
928 |
1,770 |
2,639 |
|
Steel |
1,526 |
316 |
1,210 |
816 |
325 |
1,141 |
2,351 |
|
Coal Mining |
25 |
- |
25 |
- |
- |
- |
25 |
|
Aluminium |
1,341 |
32 |
1,309 |
354 |
53 |
407 |
1,716 |
|
Cement |
709 |
55 |
654 |
637 |
267 |
904 |
1,558 |
|
Shipping |
7,038 |
5,037 |
2,001 |
2,176 |
397 |
2,573 |
4,574 |
|
Commercial Real Estate |
7,635 |
3,400 |
4,235 |
2,758 |
684 |
3,442 |
7,677 |
|
Oil & Gas |
7,421 |
988 |
6,433 |
7,928 |
7,079 |
15,007 |
21,440 |
|
Power |
6,341 |
1,500 |
4,841 |
4,538 |
1,124 |
5,662 |
10,503 |
|
Total1,5 |
37,746 |
12,357 |
25,389 |
23,380 |
11,462 |
34,842 |
60,231 |
|
Total Corporate & Investment Banking2 |
196,823 |
32,152 |
164,671 |
118,106 |
81,132 |
199,238 |
363,909 |
|
Total Group3,4 |
420,117 |
121,993 |
298,124 |
193,115 |
90,602 |
283,717 |
581,841 |
1 Maximum on balance sheet exposure includes FVTPL amount of High Carbon sector is $2,202 million (31 December 2024: $749 million).
2 Includes on balance sheet FVTPL amount of $62,795 million (31 December 2024: $ 58,519 million) for Corporate & Investment Banking loans to customers.
3 Total Group includes net loans and advances to banks and net loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost of $43,901 million (31 December 2024: $43,593 million) and $286,788 million (31 December 2024: $ 281,032 million) respectively and loans to banks and loans and advances to customers held at FVTPL of $36,673 million (31 December 2024: $ 36,967 million) and $62,798 million (31 December 2024: $ 58,525 million) respectively. Refer to Loans and advances by client segment table.
4 Agriculture is a further sector for which the Group set a net zero target in 2025 (see net zero section). The value chain in scope for this sector incorporates from pre-farm production (fertiliser) to post-farm processing (food traders, processors and wholesales). The total outstanding loan exposure to this sector is $11,239 million (31 December 2024: $11,531 million) with financial guarantees of $1,908 million (31 December 2024: $2,174 million) and undrawn commitments of $10,977 million (31 December 2024: $8,791 million) Whilst there is a net zero target on this sector and transition risk is a consideration, the sector is not considered a traditional high carbon sector as it is not linked to heavy industry and the consumption of energy.
5 The ratio of total high carbon sector lending to the Group's total assets is 5.9 % (31 December 2024: 5.8%), which is the high carbon sector and agriculture sector balances over the total Group balance sheet.
Page 43
Maturity and ECL for high-carbon sectors
|
Sector |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||||
|
Loans and advances (Drawn funding) $million |
Maturity Buckets1 |
Expected Credit Loss $million |
Loans and advances (Drawn funding) $million |
Maturity Buckets1 |
Expected Credit Loss $million |
|||||
|
Less than 1 year $million |
More than 1 $million |
More than 5 years $million |
Less than 1 year $million |
More than 1 $million |
More than 5 years $million |
|||||
|
Automotive Manufacturers |
4,411 |
3,137 |
1,041 |
233 |
1 |
3,883 |
3,458 |
369 |
56 |
2 |
|
Aviation |
2,013 |
329 |
201 |
1,483 |
3 |
1,833 |
231 |
404 |
1,198 |
4 |
|
Steel |
1,790 |
863 |
167 |
760 |
23 |
1,598 |
941 |
133 |
524 |
72 |
|
Coal Mining |
15 |
15 |
- |
- |
12 |
38 |
25 |
13 |
- |
13 |
|
Aluminium |
882 |
731 |
151 |
- |
8 |
1,352 |
1,089 |
177 |
86 |
11 |
|
Cement |
820 |
579 |
241 |
- |
39 |
724 |
356 |
368 |
- |
15 |
|
Shipping |
6,884 |
737 |
2,413 |
3,734 |
23 |
7,053 |
1,035 |
2,450 |
3,568 |
15 |
|
Commercial Real Estate |
9,552 |
5,264 |
4,081 |
207 |
155 |
7,773 |
3,880 |
3,680 |
213 |
138 |
|
Oil & Gas |
9,525 |
3,483 |
1,739 |
4,303 |
64 |
7,580 |
2,601 |
2,407 |
2,572 |
159 |
|
Power |
7,646 |
2,079 |
1,725 |
3,842 |
61 |
6,401 |
1,700 |
1,404 |
3,297 |
60 |
|
Total balance1 |
43,538 |
17,217 |
11,759 |
14,562 |
389 |
38,235 |
15,316 |
11,405 |
11,514 |
489 |
1 Gross of credit impairment.
|
|
2025 |
||||||
|
Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure (net of credit impairment)1 $million |
Collateral $million |
Net On $million |
Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment) $million |
Financial Guarantees (net of credit impairment) $million |
Net Off $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Commercial Real Estate |
16,230 |
6,848 |
9,382 |
7,662 |
244 |
7,906 |
17,288 |
|
|
|
||||||
|
Commercial Real Estate |
14,037 |
5,947 |
8,090 |
4,932 |
670 |
5,602 |
13,692 |
1 Includes net loans and advances of $15,286 million (31 December 2024: $13,933 million) as detailed in the table below.
|
Amortised costs |
2025 Gross $million |
2024 Gross $million |
|
Strong |
9,070 |
7,222 |
|
Satisfactory |
5,728 |
6,515 |
|
Higher risk |
372 |
112 |
|
Credit impaired (stage 3) |
706 |
1,485 |
|
Total Gross Balance |
15,876 |
15,334 |
|
Strong |
(4) |
(83) |
|
Satisfactory |
(95) |
(44) |
|
Higher risk |
(73) |
(9) |
|
Credit impaired (stage 3) |
(418) |
(1,265) |
|
Total Credit Impairment |
(590) |
(1,401) |
|
Total Net of Credit Impairment |
15,286 |
13,933 |
|
Strong |
0.0% |
1.1% |
|
Satisfactory |
1.6% |
0.7% |
|
Higher risk |
19.6% |
8.0% |
|
Credit impaired (stage 3) |
59.2% |
85.1% |
|
Cover Ratio |
3.7% |
9.1% |
An analysis of the net CRE loans and advances by key geography.
Page 44
This section provides further detail on gross debt securities and treasury bills.
The credit quality descriptions in the table below align to those used for CIB and Central and other items. Debt securities held that have a short-term external rating are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer.
For securities that are unrated, the Group applies an internal credit rating, as described under the 'Credit rating and measurement' section.
Total gross debt securities and other eligible bills increased by $22.2 billion to $165.8 billion (31 December 2024: $143.6 billion) primarily due to an increase in high quality liquidity assets held in stage 1, mainly in Hong Kong and Singapore. Stage 2 balances decreased by $0.4 billion to $1.2 billion (31 December 2024: $1.6 billion) largely due to sovereign upgrades. Stage 3 balances increased by $0.2 billion to $0.3 billion (31 December 2024: $0.1 billion) largely due to higher exposures to previously defaulted sovereigns in Africa.
|
Amortised cost and FVOCI |
2025 |
2024 |
||||
|
Gross $million |
ECL $million |
Net2 $million |
Gross $million |
ECL $million |
Net2 $million |
|
|
Stage 1 |
164,283 |
(56) |
164,227 |
141,862 |
(23) |
141,839 |
|
• Strong |
160,390 |
(49) |
160,341 |
138,353 |
(19) |
138,334 |
|
• Satisfactory |
3,893 |
(7) |
3,886 |
3,509 |
(4) |
3,505 |
|
Stage 2 |
1,198 |
(5) |
1,193 |
1,614 |
(4) |
1,610 |
|
• Strong |
68 |
- |
68 |
562 |
- |
562 |
|
• Satisfactory |
1,130 |
(5) |
1,125 |
31 |
- |
31 |
|
• High Risk |
- |
- |
- |
1,021 |
(4) |
1,017 |
|
Stage 3 |
296 |
(5) |
291 |
103 |
(2) |
101 |
|
Gross balance1 |
165,777 |
(66) |
165,711 |
143,579 |
(29) |
143,550 |
1 Stage 3 gross includes $278 million (31 December 2024: $59 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with $5 million impairment (31 December 2024: $Nil). The Group also has credit insurance over $4.2 billion (31 December 2024: $4.03 billion) of other eligible bills.
2 FVOCI instruments are not presented net of ECL on the balance sheet. While the presentation is on a net basis for the table, the total net on-balance sheet amount is $165,753 million (31 December 2024: $143,562 million). Refer to the Analysis of financial instrument by stage table.
Page 45
IFRS 9 ECL methodology (audited)
Approach for determining ECL
|
Component |
|
Definition |
|
Probability of default (PD) |
|
The probability that a counterparty will default, over the next 12 months from the reporting date (stage 1) or over the lifetime of the product (stage 2), incorporating the impact of forward-looking economic assumptions that have an effect on Credit Risk, such as unemployment rates and GDP forecasts. The PD estimates will fluctuate in line with the economic cycle. The lifetime (or term structure) PDs are based on statistical models, calibrated using historical data and adjusted to incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions. |
|
Loss given default (LGD) |
|
The loss that is expected to arise on default, incorporating the impact of forward-looking economic assumptions where relevant, which represents the difference between the contractual cashflows due and those that the bank expects to receive. The Group estimates LGD based on the history of recovery rates and considers the recovery of any collateral that is integral to the financial asset, taking into account forward-looking economic assumptions where relevant. |
|
Exposure at default (EAD) |
|
The expected balance sheet exposure at the time of default, taking into account expected changes over the lifetime of the exposure. This incorporates the impact of drawdowns of facilities with limits, repayments of principal and interest, and amortisation. |
To determine the ECL, these components are multiplied together: PD for the reference period (up to 12 months or lifetime) x LGD x EAD and discounted to the balance sheet date using the effective interest rate as the discount rate.
IFRS 9 ECL models have been developed for the CIB businesses on a global basis, in line with their respective portfolios. However, for some of the key countries, country‑specific models have also been developed.
The calibration of forward-looking information is assessed at a country or region level to take into account local macroeconomic conditions.
Retail ECL models are country and product specific, given the local nature of the WRB business.
For less material portfolios, primarily in retail, the Group has adopted less sophisticated approaches based on historical roll rates or loss rates:
• For medium-sized portfolios, a roll rate model is applied, which uses a matrix that gives the average loan migration rate between delinquency states from period to period. A matrix multiplication is then performed to generate the final PDs by delinquency bucket over different time horizons.
• For smaller portfolios, a loss rate approach is applied. These use an adjusted gross charge-off rate, developed using monthly write-off and recoveries over an appropriate historical observation window (typically 12 months, extended to 24 months for certain portfolios where this provides a more stable and representative estimate), and total outstanding balances.
• While the loss rate approaches do not incorporate forward looking information, to the extent that there are significant changes in the macroeconomic forecasts an assessment will be completed on whether an adjustment to the modelled output is required.
For a limited number of exposures, proxy parameters or approaches are used where the data is not available to calculate the origination PDs for the purpose of applying the SICR criteria or for some retail portfolios where a full history of LGD data is not available, estimates based on the loss experience from similar portfolios are used. The use of proxies is monitored and will reduce over time.
When existing IFRS 9 PD models are redeveloped, where material and without undue cost or effort, origination PDs are recalibrated if there is a change in measurement approach to ensure credit risk is measured on a consistent basis. A change in measurement approach refers to changes in the conceptual or methodological basis of PD estimation that affect comparability of estimates with the previous model.
The following processes are in place to assess the ongoing performance of the models:
• Quarterly model monitoring that uses recent data to compare the differences between model predictions and actual outcomes against approved thresholds.
• Annual independent validation performed by Group Model Validation (GMV) with the depth of validation determined by the model materiality. Material models would go through a full annual re-validation process, while a less intensive validation process will be performed on non-material models.
ECL is estimated based on the period over which the Group is exposed to Credit Risk. For the majority of exposures this equates to the maximum contractual period. For retail credit cards and corporate overdraft facilities, however, the Group does not typically enforce the contractual period, which can be as short as one day. As a result, the period over which the Group is exposed to Credit Risk for these instruments reflects their behavioural life, which incorporates expectations of customer behaviour and the extent to which Credit Risk management actions curtail the period of that exposure. The average behavioural life for retail credit cards is between 3 and 6 years across our footprint markets.
The behavioural life for corporate overdraft facilities is 36 months.
Page 46
The table below summarises the key components of the Group's credit impairment provision balances as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024.
|
|
2025 |
2024 |
||||||||
|
Corporate & Investment Banking $ million |
Wealth & Retail Banking $ million |
Ventures $ million |
Central & $ million |
Total |
Corporate & Investment Banking $ million |
Wealth & $ million |
Ventures $ million |
Central & $ million |
Total |
|
|
Modelled ECL provisions (base forecast) |
375 |
527 |
96 |
63 |
1,061 |
337 |
613 |
61 |
37 |
1,048 |
|
Impact of multiple economic scenarios1 |
56 |
31 |
3 |
23 |
113 |
24 |
19 |
- |
- |
43 |
|
Modelled ECL provisions before management judgements |
431 |
558 |
99 |
86 |
1,174 |
361 |
632 |
61 |
37 |
1,091 |
|
Includes: Model performance post model adjustments |
- |
10 |
- |
- |
10 |
- |
14 |
- |
- |
14 |
|
Judgemental post model adjustments2 |
- |
(10) |
(2) |
- |
(12) |
- |
(23) |
- |
- |
(23) |
|
Management overlays3 |
167 |
24 |
- |
11 |
202 |
179 |
27 |
7 |
- |
213 |
|
Total modelled provisions |
598 |
572 |
97 |
97 |
1,364 |
540 |
636 |
68 |
37 |
1,281 |
|
Of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1 |
194 |
351 |
49 |
92 |
686 |
133 |
392 |
30 |
34 |
589 |
|
Stage 2 |
354 |
120 |
24 |
5 |
503 |
362 |
151 |
27 |
1 |
541 |
|
Stage 3 |
50 |
101 |
24 |
- |
175 |
45 |
93 |
11 |
2 |
151 |
|
Stage 3 non‑modelled provisions |
2,272 |
745 |
- |
27 |
3,044 |
3,267 |
665 |
- |
54 |
3,986 |
|
Total credit impairment provisions |
2,870 |
1,317 |
97 |
124 |
4,408 |
3,807 |
1,301 |
68 |
91 |
5,267 |
1 Includes upwards judgemental post-model adjustment of $90 million (31 December 2024: $28 million).
2 Excludes $90 million upwards judgemental post-model adjustment which is included in 'Impact of multiple economic scenarios'.
3 $61 million (31 December 2024: $32 million) is in stage 1, $128 million (31 December 2024: $181 million) in stage 2 and $14 million (31 December 2024: Nil) in stage 3.
4 Includes ECL on cash and balances at central banks, accrued income, assets held for sale and other assets.
As part of model monitoring and independent validation processes, where a model's performance breaches the approved monitoring thresholds or validation standards, an assessment is performed to determine whether a model performance PMA is required to temporarily remediate the model issue. Read more on the process for the determination of PMAs in the 'Governance of PMAs and application of expert credit judgement in respect of ECL' section.
As at 31 December 2025, model performance PMAs have been applied for 4 models out of the total of 110 models. In aggregate, these PMAs increase the Group's impairment provisions by $10 million (less than one per cent of modelled provisions) compared with a $14 million increase at 31 December 2024.
In addition to these model performance PMAs, separate judgemental post model and management adjustments have also been applied.
|
|
2025 $ million |
2024 $ million |
|
Model performance PMAs |
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
- |
- |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking |
10 |
14 |
|
Total model performance PMAs |
10 |
14 |
Page 47
The evolving economic environment is a key determinant of the ability of a bank's clients to meet their obligations as they fall due. It is a fundamental principle of IFRS 9 that the provisions banks hold against potential future Credit Risk losses should not just depend on the health of the economy today, but should also take into account potential changes to the economic environment. For example, if a bank were to anticipate a sharp slowdown in the world economy over the coming year, it should hold more provisions today to absorb the credit losses likely to occur in the near future.
To capture the effect of changes to the economic environment, the PDs and LGDs used to calculate ECL incorporate forward-looking information in the form of forecasts of the values of economic variables and asset prices that are likely to have an effect on the repayment ability of the Group's clients.
The 'base forecast' of the economic variables and asset prices is based on management's view of the five-year outlook, supported by projections from the Group's in-house research team and outputs from a third-party model that project specific economic variables and asset prices. The research team takes consensus views into consideration, and senior management review projections for some core country variables against consensus when forming their view of the outlook. For the period beyond five years, management utilises the in-house research view and third-party model outputs, which allow for a reversion to long-term growth rates or norms. All projections are updated on a quarterly basis.
In the Base Forecast - management's view of the most likely outcome - the pace of growth of the world economy in 2026 is expected to remain broadly unchanged from 2025 at around 3.1 per cent. This compares to the average of 3.7 per cent growth for the 10 years prior to COVID-19 (between 2010 and 2019). Growth in 2025 had been supported by exporters front-loading exports to the US and consumers in key markets remaining resilient. 2026 for many economies is likely to be a year of transition from monetary to fiscal policy, and from export-led to increasingly domestic (particularly investment-led) growth.
The US economy is expected to grow slightly faster in 2026 than the 1.5 per cent growth for last year. The outlook is supported by strong business investment and spending, which will be underpinned by corporate tax cuts and the race for AI adoption. Similarly, the outlook for the Middle East is expected to be slightly better in 2026 as OPEC+ cuts are phased out resulting in the gradual recovery in oil output.
Ongoing diversification and infrastructure programmes will also support investment spending. In Asia growth is expected to remain robust though moderate on the fading effects from the strong front-loading of exports to the US in 2025. Political uncertainty in some countries may also weigh on growth. Africa is expected to remain strong, with the region less exposed than others to trade tensions. In larger economies such as Nigeria and South Africa, reform momentum will provide additional support. In contrast, growth prospects in the Euro area are expected to remain muted around 1 per cent (unchanged from 2025) given trade pressures - both from US tariffs and increasing competition from China - and the uneven picture across economies in the region.
The risks around the economic outlook remain elevated amid persistent trade policy uncertainty, heightened geopolitical tensions, including around disruptions to global international relationships, and fears of financial-market corrections - all of which point to potentially higher probability of adverse outcomes.
While the quarterly Base Forecasts inform the Group's strategic plan, one key requirement of IFRS 9 is that the assessment of provisions should consider multiple future economic environments. For example, the global economy may grow at a different pace than the Base Forecast, and these variations would have different implications for the provisions that the Group should hold today. As the negative impact of an economic downturn on credit losses tends to be greater than the positive impact of an economic upturn, if the Group sets provisions only on the ECL under the Base Forecast it might maintain a level of provisions that does not appropriately capture the range of potential outcomes. To address the inherent uncertainty in economic forecast, and the property of skewness (or non-linearity), IFRS 9 requires reported ECL to be a probability-weighted ECL, calculated over a range of possible outcomes.
To assess the range of possible outcomes, the Group simulates a set of 50 scenarios around the Base Forecast, calculates the ECL under each of them and assigns an equal weight of 2 per cent to each scenario outcome. These scenarios are generated by a Monte Carlo simulation, which addresses the challenges of crafting many realistic alternative scenarios in the many countries in which the Group operates. The alternative scenarios are modelled while considering the degree of historical uncertainty (or volatility) observed from Q1 1990 to Q3 2025 around economic outcomes, the trends in each macroeconomic variable modelled and the correlation in the unexplained movements around these trends. Collectively, the 50 scenarios explore a range of hypothetical alternative outcomes for the global economy, including scenarios that turn out better than expected and those that amplify anticipated stresses.
The GDP graphs below illustrate the shape of the Base Forecast for key footprint markets in relation to prior periods' actuals. The long-term growth rates are based on the pace of economic expansion expected for 2030. The tables below provide a summary of the Group's Base Forecast for these markets. The peak/trough amounts show the highest and lowest points within the Base Forecast.
Page 48
China's GDP growth is expected to ease slightly to 4.3 per cent in 2026 from 4.9 per cent in 2025, reflecting the fading impact from the front-loading of activity last year and the ongoing correction in the property sector. Similarly, GDP growth is expected to moderate in Hong Kong and ease more sharply in Singapore as external demand turns less supportive in 2026. While growth in India is also expected to ease to 6.5 per cent from 6.9 per cent in 2025, it will remain amongst the fastest growing economies in the world. The outlook will be supported by consumption supported by policies such as tax cuts, ample rainfall and low inflation. Korea's GDP growth is expected to accelerate to 2 per cent in 2026 from 1 per cent in 2025 as construction investment turns positive, facility investment stays stable and private consumption strengthens.
|
|
2025 year-end forecasts |
|||||||
|
China |
Hong Kong |
|||||||
|
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices5 (YoY %) |
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices8 (YoY %) |
|
|
Base forecast1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025 |
4.9 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
(3.8) |
2.8 |
3.6 |
3.2 |
(4.0) |
|
2026 |
4.3 |
3.4 |
1.5 |
(2.0) |
2.5 |
3.6 |
3.5 |
4.2 |
|
2027 |
4.1 |
3.3 |
1.4 |
(1.2) |
2.5 |
3.3 |
3.5 |
5.0 |
|
2028 |
3.9 |
3.3 |
1.4 |
(0.3) |
2.1 |
3.2 |
3.5 |
4.3 |
|
2029 |
3.5 |
3.3 |
1.4 |
0.9 |
1.5 |
3.2 |
3.5 |
3.9 |
|
5-year average2 |
3.8 |
3.3 |
1.4 |
(0.1) |
2.0 |
3.3 |
3.5 |
4.2 |
|
Quarterly peak |
4.7 |
3.4 |
1.5 |
2.3 |
2.6 |
3.7 |
3.5 |
5.7 |
|
Quarterly trough |
3.3 |
3.3 |
1.4 |
(2.5) |
1.1 |
3.2 |
3.5 |
2.3 |
|
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 |
(6.9) |
2.9 |
(0.3) |
(8.3) |
(4.3) |
1.7 |
(0.8) |
(21.0) |
|
High4 |
14.3 |
3.8 |
3.6 |
15.4 |
7.5 |
5.5 |
7.4 |
33.9 |
|
|
2025 year-end forecasts |
|||||||
|
Singapore |
Korea |
|||||||
|
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment6 % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices (YoY %) |
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices (YoY %) |
|
|
Base forecast1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025 |
4.2 |
2.9 |
1.8 |
3.8 |
1.0 |
3.0 |
2.7 |
0.1 |
|
2026 |
2.0 |
3.0 |
1.1 |
3.0 |
2.0 |
3.2 |
2.4 |
0.5 |
|
2027 |
2.9 |
2.8 |
2.1 |
2.6 |
1.8 |
3.1 |
2.3 |
1.2 |
|
2028 |
3.2 |
2.8 |
3.0 |
2.7 |
2.0 |
3.0 |
2.3 |
1.7 |
|
2029 |
2.6 |
2.8 |
3.0 |
2.7 |
2.1 |
3.0 |
2.3 |
1.7 |
|
5-year average2 |
2.7 |
2.8 |
2.4 |
2.8 |
2.0 |
3.1 |
2.3 |
1.3 |
|
Quarterly peak |
4.3 |
3.0 |
3.0 |
3.7 |
2.6 |
3.2 |
2.4 |
1.7 |
|
Quarterly trough |
0.5 |
2.8 |
1.0 |
2.6 |
1.5 |
3.0 |
2.3 |
0.4 |
|
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 |
(5.5) |
1.7 |
(0.4) |
(16.8) |
(3.4) |
1.1 |
(1.0) |
(6.4) |
|
High4 |
9.8 |
4.3 |
6.4 |
22.5 |
6.6 |
5.2 |
6.3 |
8.6 |
|
|
2025 year-end forecasts |
Brent Crude $ pb |
|||
|
India |
|||||
|
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment7 % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices (YoY %) |
||
|
Base forecast1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2025 |
6.9 |
NA |
5.5 |
5.0 |
69.1 |
|
2026 |
6.5 |
NA |
6.0 |
6.3 |
63.4 |
|
2027 |
6.5 |
NA |
6.4 |
6.4 |
66.9 |
|
2028 |
6.4 |
NA |
6.5 |
6.3 |
70.8 |
|
2029 |
6.2 |
NA |
6.5 |
6.2 |
72.3 |
|
5-year average2 |
6.3 |
NA |
6.3 |
6.3 |
69.5 |
|
Quarterly peak |
6.5 |
NA |
6.5 |
6.5 |
75.2 |
|
Quarterly trough |
5.9 |
NA |
5.8 |
6.1 |
62.0 |
|
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 |
3.0 |
NA |
1.0 |
2.0 |
30.0 |
|
High4 |
10.5 |
NA |
13.7 |
10.6 |
146.5 |
Page 49
|
|
2024 year-end forecasts |
|||||||
|
China |
Hong Kong |
|||||||
|
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices5 (YoY %) |
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices8 (YoY %) |
|
|
5-year average2 |
4.1 |
3.3 |
1.7 |
(1.3) |
2.2 |
3.1 |
2.4 |
3.8 |
|
Quarterly peak |
5.3 |
3.5 |
1.9 |
2.3 |
3.5 |
3.2 |
2.9 |
6.8 |
|
Quarterly trough |
3.2 |
3.1 |
1.6 |
(5.6) |
1.5 |
3.0 |
2.1 |
(2.6) |
|
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 |
(1.0) |
2.8 |
0.6 |
(10.1) |
(1.8) |
1.8 |
0.3 |
(13.1) |
|
High4 |
9.3 |
3.7 |
3.0 |
7.8 |
5.8 |
5.1 |
5.3 |
22.2 |
|
|
2024 year-end forecasts |
|||||||
|
Singapore |
Korea |
|||||||
|
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment6 % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices (YoY %) |
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment % |
3-month interest rates % |
House prices (YoY %) |
|
|
5-year average2 |
2.3 |
2.7 |
2.0 |
2.4 |
2.0 |
2.8 |
2.9 |
2.8 |
|
Quarterly peak |
3.4 |
2.8 |
2.4 |
3.2 |
2.2 |
2.9 |
3.2 |
4.8 |
|
Quarterly trough |
0.6 |
2.7 |
1.6 |
(0.4) |
1.5 |
2.8 |
2.9 |
1.9 |
|
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 |
(2.7) |
2.0 |
0.3 |
(10.5) |
(1.3) |
2.2 |
0.8 |
(4.3) |
|
High4 |
7.0 |
3.6 |
3.9 |
17.5 |
5.2 |
3.5 |
5.7 |
9.8 |
|
|
2024 year-end forecasts |
||||
|
India |
Brent crude $ pb |
||||
|
GDP growth (YoY%) |
Unemployment % |
3-month % |
House prices (YoY %) |
||
|
5-year average2 |
6.6 |
NA |
6.0 |
6.4 |
76.2 |
|
Quarterly peak |
7.1 |
NA |
6.2 |
7.3 |
77.8 |
|
Quarterly trough |
5.9 |
NA |
6.0 |
6.0 |
74.8 |
|
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 |
3.2 |
NA |
1.9 |
(0.1) |
44.5 |
|
High4 |
10.0 |
NA |
10.3 |
12.6 |
107.8 |
1 Data presented are those used in the calculation of ECL and presented as average growth for the year. These may differ slightly to forecasts presented
elsewhere in the Annual Report as they are finalised before the period end.
2 5-year averages covering 20 quarters from Q1 2026 to Q4 2030 for the 2025 annual report. They cover Q1 2025 to Q4 2029 for the numbers reported for the 2024 Annual Report.
3 Represents the 10th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity.
4 Represents the 90th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity.
5 A judgemental management adjustment is held in respect of the China commercial real estate sector.
6 Singapore unemployment rate covers the resident unemployment rate, which refers to citizens and permanent residents.
7 India unemployment is not available due to insufficient data.
8 A judgmental management adjustment is held for risks relating to the property sector in Hong Kong.
The Monte Carlo approach generates many alternative scenarios that cover our global footprint and while the range of scenarios was restricted through the use of ceilings and floors applied to the underlying macroeconomic variables, these were redeveloped in the first half of 2025 to capture a broader range of outcomes.
Given continuing heightened level of geopolitical and trade uncertainty, $90 million (31 December 2024: $28 million) judgemental non-linearity PMAs have been applied, comprising $63 million (31 December 2024: $13 million) for CIB and Central and other items, and $27million (31 December 2024: $15 million) for WRB and Ventures.
The total amount of non-linearity has primarily been estimated by assigning probability weights of 59 per cent, 26 per cent and 15 per cent respectively to the Base Forecast, 'Market Correction' (MC), and 'Bank Capital Stress Test' (BCST) scenarios and comparing this to the unweighted Base Forecast ECL.
At 31 December 2024, probability weights of 68 per cent, 22 per cent and 10 per cent respectively were assigned to the Base Forecast, 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios as disclosed in the 2024 Annual Report.
The judgemental non-linearity PMA represents the difference between the probability weighted ECL calculated using the three scenarios and the probability weighted ECL calculated by the Monte Carlo model together with an adjustment of $12 million (31 December 2024: $nil million) primarily to incorporate non-linearity for portfolios under a loss rate approach.
Page 50
The total amount of non-linearity including these PMAs is $113 million (31 December 2024: $43 million). The CIB and Central and other items portfolios accounted for $79 million (31 December 2024: $24 million) of the calculated non‑linearity, with the remaining $34 million (31 December 2024: $19 million) attributable to WRB and Ventures portfolios.
The impact of multiple economic scenarios on total modelled ECL is set out in the table below, together with the management overlays and other judgemental adjustments.
|
|
Base forecast $million |
Multiple economic $million |
Management overlays and other judgemental adjustments $million |
Total $million |
|
Total modelled expected credit loss at 31 December 2025 |
1,061 |
113 |
190 |
1,364 |
|
Total modelled expected credit loss at 31 December 2024 |
1,048 |
43 |
190 |
1,281 |
1 Includes upwards judgemental PMAs of $90 million (31 December 2024: $28 million).
2 Total modelled ECL comprises stage 1 and stage 2 balances of $1,189 million (31 December 2024: $1,130 million) and $175 million (31 December 2024: $151
million) of modelled ECL on stage 3 loans.
The average ECL under multiple scenarios is 11 per cent (31 December 2024: 4 per cent) higher than the ECL calculated using only the most likely scenario (the Base Forecast). Portfolios that are more sensitive to non-linearity include those with greater leverage and/or a longer tenor, such as commercial real estate, project finance and shipping finance portfolios. Sovereign exposures also contributed to increased non-linearity in 2025 as the BCST scenario included a significant decline in equity indices. Other portfolios displayed minimal non-linearity owing to limited responsiveness to macroeconomic impacts for structural reasons, such as significant collateralisation as with the WRB mortgage portfolios.
Credit-impaired assets managed by Stressed Asset Group (SAG) incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions in respect of the recovery outcomes identified and are assigned individual probability weightings per IFRS 9. These assumptions are not based on a Monte Carlo simulation but are informed by the Base Forecast. Read more on the assessment of credit-impaired financial assets in Note 8 to the financial statements.
As at 31 December 2025, the Group held judgemental adjustments for ECL as set out in the table below. All of the judgemental adjustments have been determined after taking account of the model performance PMAs. They are reassessed quarterly and are reviewed and approved by the IFRS 9 Impairment Committee (IIC) and will be released when no longer relevant.
|
31 December 2025 |
Corporate & Investment Banking $million |
Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures |
Central & other $million |
Total $million |
|||
|
Mortgages $million |
Credit Cards $million |
Other $million |
Total $million |
||||
|
Judgemental post model adjustments1 |
44 |
(6) |
(3) |
23 |
14 |
20 |
78 |
|
Judgemental management overlays |
167 |
- |
5 |
19 |
24 |
11 |
202 |
|
Total judgemental adjustments |
211 |
(6) |
2 |
42 |
38 |
31 |
280 |
|
Judgemental adjustments by stage: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1 |
61 |
- |
(4) |
15 |
11 |
31 |
103 |
|
Stage 2 |
150 |
(6) |
4 |
14 |
12 |
- |
162 |
|
Stage 3 |
- |
- |
2 |
13 |
15 |
- |
15 |
|
31 December 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Judgemental post model adjustments1 |
13 |
- |
9 |
(17) |
(8) |
|
5 |
|
Judgemental management overlays |
179 |
- |
5 |
29 |
34 |
|
213 |
|
Total judgemental adjustments |
192 |
- |
14 |
12 |
26 |
|
218 |
|
Judgemental adjustments by stage: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1 |
27 |
- |
10 |
(7) |
3 |
|
30 |
|
Stage 2 |
165 |
- |
5 |
28 |
33 |
|
198 |
|
Stage 3 |
- |
- |
(1) |
(9) |
(10) |
|
(10) |
1 Includes upwards judgemental PMAs of $90 million (31 December 2024: $28 million) relating to non-linearity. Excluding this judgemental PMAs are $12 million release (31 December 2024: $23 million release).
As at 31 December 2025, judgemental PMAs have been applied to increase ECL by a net $78 million (31 December 2024: $5 million increase). $90 million (31 December 2024: $28 million) of the increase in ECL related to multiple economic scenarios (see 'Impact of multiple economic scenarios' section). This was partly offset by a reduction of ECL of $12 million (31 December 2024: $23 million) for certain WRB models, primarily to adjust for temporary factors impacting modelled outputs. These will be released when these factors normalise.
Page 51
In CIB and Central and other items, judgemental management overlays of $178 million (31 December 2024: $179 million) includes:
The Group's loans and advances to Hong Kong CRE clients were $1.5 billion as at 31 December 2025 (31 December 2024: $2.5 billion), with the decrease due to repayments.
The overlay of $47 million (31 December 2024: $58 million) in Hong Kong reflects subdued economic activity and increasing commercial property vacancy rates, which contributes to an uncertain outlook that is not yet fully reflected in the credit grades and modelled ECL. During 2025, there has been increased pressure in property prices/valuations, interest serviceability and repayment capacity. The risk of further impairment remains as a result of subdued economic activity in the property sector and the related liquidity constraints faced by counterparties as a result. The overlay has been determined by estimating the impact of a deterioration to certain exposures. The decrease from 31 December 2024 was driven by repayments and upgrades.
The Group's loans and advances to China CRE clients decreased by $1.1 billion to $0.8 billion (31 December 2024: $1.9 billion), due to debt restructuring related write-offs and repayments during the year. Heightened risk management continues to be carried out on this portfolio and a management overlay of $36 million (31 December 2024: $70 million) has been retained by estimating the impact of further deterioration to exposures in this sector. The $34 million overlay decrease from 31 December 2024 was primarily driven by repayments and utilisation due to movement to stage 3.
In CIB and Central and other items, additional overlays of $95 million (31 December 2024: $51 million) have been taken in Bangladesh together with marginal amounts for climate risks and other items. The overlay in Bangladesh reflects the political situation that has contributed to an increasing level of uncertainty in the macroeconomic outlook as well as the impact of a recent change in the restructuring policy announced by the local regulator and has been determined by estimating the impact of a deterioration to certain exposures.
In WRB and Ventures, judgemental management overlays of $24 million (31 December 2024: $34 million) includes $12 million (31 December 2024: $21 million) in Korea to cover the risks relating to the failure of two e-commerce payment platforms in 2024, and marginal amounts for climate risks and other items.
Read more on the adjustment for Climate Risk as set out in Note 1 of the 'Notes to the financial statements'.
The ECL calculation relies on multiple variables and is inherently non-linear and portfolio-dependent, which implies that no single analysis can fully demonstrate the sensitivity of the ECL to changes in the macroeconomic variables. The Group has conducted a series of analyses with the aim of identifying the macroeconomic variables which might have the greatest impact on the overall ECL. These encompassed single variable and multi-variable exercises, using simple up/ down variation and extracts from actual calculation data, as well as bespoke scenario design assessments.
The primary conclusion of these exercises is that no individual macroeconomic variable is materially influential. The Group believes this is plausible as the number of variables used in the ECL calculation is large. This does not mean that macroeconomic variables are uninfluential; rather, that the Group believes that consideration of macroeconomics should involve whole scenarios, as this aligns with the multi-variable nature of the calculation.
The Group faces downside risks in the operating environment related to the uncertainties surrounding the macroeconomic outlook. To explore this, a sensitivity analysis of ECL was undertaken to explore the effect of slower economic recoveries across the Group's footprint markets. Two downside scenarios are considered. The first scenario explores a modest downturn driven by financial market corrections in the US and other major economies. The second is a roll forward of the 2025 BCST scenario and is characterised by a synchronised and severe downturn across all key markets, global supply side disruptions (including tariffs) and a high commodity price, inflation and interest rate environment.
|
|
Baseline |
Market Correction |
Bank Capital Stress Test |
|||
|
Five year average |
Peak/Trough |
Five year average |
Peak/Trough |
Five year average |
Peak/Trough |
|
|
China GDP |
3.8 |
4.7/3.3 |
3.4 |
4.1/1.9 |
2.8 |
4.4/(1.8) |
|
China unemployment |
3.3 |
3.4/3.3 |
3.5 |
3.7/3.3 |
4.4 |
5.0/3.6 |
|
China property prices |
(0.1) |
2.3/(2.5) |
(2.6) |
1.8/(10.0) |
(4.1) |
10.8/(12.4) |
|
Hong Kong GDP |
2.0 |
2.6/1.1 |
1.4 |
2.2/0.4 |
0.2 |
2.8/(7.0) |
|
Hong Kong unemployment |
3.3 |
3.7/3.2 |
3.8 |
4.2/3.2 |
6.7 |
8.2/4.3 |
|
Hong Kong property prices |
4.2 |
5.7/2.3 |
3.8 |
5.3/1.0 |
(3.1) |
7.9/(9.9) |
|
US GDP |
1.9 |
2.1/1.2 |
1.2 |
2.5/(0.8) |
0.1 |
1.4/(3.8) |
|
Singapore GDP |
2.7 |
4.3/0.5 |
2.2 |
3.7/(1.2) |
1.1 |
3.8/(7.0) |
|
India GDP |
6.3 |
6.5/5.9 |
5.9 |
6.3/4.9 |
4.8 |
6.2/0.0 |
|
Crude oil |
69.5 |
75.2/62.0 |
67.5 |
75.2/55.6 |
109.1 |
139.2/81.0 |
Page 52
Period covered from Q1 2026 to Q4 2030.
|
|
Base (GDP, YoY%) |
Market Correction |
Difference from Base |
||||||||||||
|
2026 |
2027 |
2028 |
2029 |
2030 |
2026 |
2027 |
2028 |
2029 |
2030 |
2026 |
2027 |
2028 |
2029 |
2030 |
|
|
China |
4.3 |
4.1 |
3.9 |
3.5 |
3.3 |
2.7 |
3.5 |
3.4 |
3.2 |
4.0 |
(1.6) |
(0.6) |
(0.5) |
(0.2) |
0.6 |
|
Hong Kong |
2.5 |
2.5 |
2.1 |
1.5 |
1.2 |
1.0 |
1.8 |
1.5 |
1.2 |
1.4 |
(1.5) |
(0.7) |
(0.6) |
(0.3) |
0.2 |
|
US |
1.7 |
1.8 |
1.9 |
2.1 |
2.0 |
(0.5) |
1.0 |
1.4 |
1.8 |
2.4 |
(2.2) |
(0.8) |
(0.5) |
(0.2) |
0.4 |
|
Singapore |
2.0 |
2.9 |
3.2 |
2.6 |
2.6 |
0.2 |
2.5 |
2.9 |
2.4 |
3.1 |
(1.8) |
(0.5) |
(0.3) |
(0.2) |
0.5 |
|
India |
6.5 |
6.5 |
6.4 |
6.2 |
6.1 |
5.4 |
6.2 |
6.1 |
6.1 |
6.1 |
(1.1) |
(0.3) |
(0.3) |
(0.2) |
(0.0) |
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2026 is from Q1 2026 to Q4 2026.
|
|
Base (GDP, YoY%) |
Bank Capital Stress Test |
Difference from Base |
||||||||||||
|
2026 |
2027 |
2028 |
2029 |
2030 |
2026 |
2027 |
2028 |
2029 |
2030 |
2026 |
2027 |
2028 |
2029 |
2030 |
|
|
China |
4.3 |
4.1 |
3.9 |
3.5 |
3.3 |
0.7 |
0.6 |
4.3 |
4.2 |
4.0 |
(3.6) |
(3.5) |
0.4 |
0.7 |
0.7 |
|
Hong Kong |
2.5 |
2.5 |
2.1 |
1.5 |
1.2 |
(3.4) |
(3.4) |
2.6 |
2.6 |
2.6 |
(5.9) |
(5.9) |
0.4 |
1.1 |
1.4 |
|
US |
1.7 |
1.8 |
1.9 |
2.1 |
2.0 |
(1.4) |
(1.9) |
1.2 |
1.3 |
1.3 |
(3.1) |
(3.8) |
(0.7) |
(0.8) |
(0.8) |
|
Singapore |
2.0 |
2.9 |
3.2 |
2.6 |
2.6 |
(2.4) |
(3.2) |
3.5 |
3.6 |
3.6 |
(4.4) |
(6.1) |
0.3 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
|
India |
6.5 |
6.5 |
6.4 |
6.2 |
6.1 |
2.5 |
3.2 |
6.2 |
6.2 |
6.3 |
(4.0) |
(3.3) |
(0.2) |
(0.1) |
0.3 |
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2026 is from Q1 2026 to Q4 2026.
The total modelled stage 1 and 2 ECL provisions (including both on and off-balance sheet instruments) would be approximately $101 million higher under the 'MC' scenario, and $498 million higher under the 'BCST' roll-forward scenario than the baseline ECL provisions (which excluded the impact of multiple economic scenarios and management overlays which may already capture some of the risks in these scenarios). Stage 2 exposures as a proportion of stage 1 and 2 exposures would increase from 2.2 per cent in the base case to 2.3 per cent and 3.5 per cent respectively under the 'MC', and 'BCST' roll-forward scenarios. This includes the impact of exposures transferring to stage 2 from stage 1 but does not consider an increase in stage 3 defaults.
Under both scenarios, the majority of the increase in ECL in CIB came from the Corporate, commercial real estate and Sovereign portfolios. For the main corporate portfolios, ECL would increase by $44 million and $23 million for 'MC', and 'BCST' roll-forward scenarios respectively and the proportion of stage 2 exposures would increase from 3.6 per cent in the base case to 4.1 per cent and 4.7 per cent respectively.
For the WRB portfolios, most of the increase in ECL came from the unsecured retail portfolios, particularly the credit card portfolios in Hong Kong and Singapore and Private Banking, although Mortgages in Korea and Malaysia were also impacted in the BCST scenario. Under the 'MC', and 'BCST' roll-forward scenarios, credit card ECL would increase by $7 million and $51 million respectively, largely in the Singapore and Hong Kong portfolios and the proportion of stage 2 credit card exposures would increase from 2.4 per cent in the base case to 2.7 per cent and 4.6 per cent for each scenario respectively, with the Singapore portfolio most impacted. Mortgages ECL would increase by $2 million and $29 million for each scenario respectively, with portfolios in Korea and Malysia impacted in the 'BCST' scenario and the proportion of stage 2 mortgages would increase from 1.5 per cent in the base case to 1.5 per cent and 1.7 per cent respectively.
There was no material change in modelled stage 3 provisions as these primarily relate to unsecured WRB exposures for which the LGD is not sensitive to changes in the macroeconomic forecasts. There is also no material change for non-modelled stage 3 exposures as these are more sensitive to client specific factors than to alternative macroeconomic scenarios.
The actual outcome of any scenario may be materially different due to, among other factors, the effect of management actions to mitigate potential increases in risk and changes in the underlying portfolio.
Page 53
|
|
Gross as reported1 $million |
ECL as reported2 $million |
ECL Base case $million |
Market Correction $million |
Bank Capital $million |
|
Stage 1 modelled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
412,590 |
149 |
127 |
159 |
165 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures |
198,220 |
404 |
392 |
404 |
420 |
|
• Mortgages |
82,421 |
12 |
11 |
11 |
15 |
|
• Credit cards |
47,125 |
154 |
148 |
148 |
147 |
|
• Other |
68,674 |
238 |
233 |
245 |
258 |
|
Central & Other items |
179,266 |
57 |
34 |
45 |
115 |
|
Total stage 1 excluding management judgements4 |
790,076 |
610 |
553 |
608 |
700 |
|
Stage 2 modelled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
13,679 |
232 |
198 |
237 |
410 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures |
2,079 |
144 |
122 |
129 |
208 |
|
• Mortgages |
1,002 |
13 |
12 |
13 |
37 |
|
• Credit cards |
299 |
81 |
75 |
82 |
127 |
|
• Other |
778 |
50 |
35 |
34 |
44 |
|
Central & Other items |
1,199 |
5 |
5 |
5 |
58 |
|
Total stage 2 excluding management judgements4 |
16,957 |
381 |
325 |
371 |
676 |
|
Total Stage 1 & 2 modelled |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
426,269 |
381 |
325 |
396 |
575 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures |
200,299 |
548 |
514 |
533 |
628 |
|
• Mortgages |
83,423 |
25 |
23 |
24 |
52 |
|
• Credit cards |
47,424 |
235 |
223 |
230 |
274 |
|
• Other |
69,452 |
288 |
268 |
279 |
302 |
|
Central & Other items |
180,465 |
62 |
39 |
50 |
173 |
|
Total excluding management judgements4 |
807,033 |
991 |
878 |
979 |
1,376 |
|
Stage 3 exposures excluding other assets |
6,946 |
3,184 |
|
|
|
|
Other financial assets3 |
118,232 |
43 |
|
|
|
|
ECL from management judgements4 |
|
190 |
|
|
|
|
Total financial assets reported as at 31 December 2025 |
932,211 |
4,408 |
|
|
|
1 Gross balances includes both on- and off- balance sheet instruments; allocation between stage 1 and 2 will differ by scenario.
2 Includes ECL for both on- and off-balance sheet instruments.
3 Includes cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Other financial assets; and Assets held for sale.
4 Management judgements are disclosed in the annual report except for $90 million relating to non-linearity. The difference between total stage 1 and 2 ECL as reported and the total stage 1 and 2 ECL Base case reflect the total non-linearity of $113 million.
Page 54
Significant increase in Credit Risk (SICR)
SICR is assessed by comparing the risk of default at the reporting date to the risk of default at origination. Whether a change in the risk of default is significant or not is assessed using quantitative and qualitative criteria. These criteria have been separately defined for each business and where meaningful are consistently applied across business lines.
Assets are considered to have experienced SICR if they have breached both relative and absolute thresholds for the change in the average annualised IFRS 9 lifetime probability of default (IFRS 9 PD) over the residual term of the exposure.
The absolute measure of increase in credit risk is used to capture instances where the IFRS 9 PDs on exposures are relatively low at initial recognition as these may increase by several multiples without representing a significant increase in credit risk. Where IFRS 9 PDs are relatively high at initial recognition, a relative measure is more appropriate in assessing whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, as the IFRS 9 PDs increase more quickly.
The SICR thresholds have been calibrated based on the following principles:
• Stability - The thresholds are set to achieve a stable stage 2 population at a portfolio level, trying to minimise the number of accounts moving back and forth between stage 1 and stage 2 in a short period of time.
• Accuracy - The thresholds are set such that there is a materially higher propensity for stage 2 exposures to eventually default than is the case for stage 1 exposures.
• Dependency from backstops - The thresholds are stringent enough such that a high proportion of accounts transfer to stage 2 due to movements in forward-looking IFRS 9 PDs rather than relying on backward-looking backstops such as arrears.
• Relationship with business and product risk profiles - the thresholds reflect the relative risk differences between different products, and are aligned to business processes.
For CIB clients the quantitative thresholds are a relative 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute change in IFRS 9 PD of between 50 and 100 bps for investment grade and sub-investment grade assets.
For WRB (excluding Private Banking) clients, portfolio specific quantitative thresholds are across the following portfolios: Credit Cards (Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia, UAE), Personal Loans (Taiwan, Korea), Business Client Mortgages (India), and Mortgages (Hong Kong, UAE). In 2025, we have updated SICR for Hong Kong mortgage, UAE mortgage, Singapore Credit Cards and Malaysia Credit Cards. The impact of the threshold changes in 2025 was immaterial. These thresholds capture both relative and absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD, with average lifetime IFRS 9 PD cut-offs. They are further tailored based on customer utilisation bands for credit cards; behavioural score and months on book for personal loans; and maximum delinquency in the last 12 months for business client mortgages. The approach also differentiates between exposures that are current and those that are one to 29 days past due.
The range of thresholds applied are:
|
Portfolio |
Relative IFRS 9 PD increase (%) |
Absolute IFRS 9 PD increase (%) |
Customer utilisation (%) |
Months on book (months) |
Average IFRS 9 PD (lifetime) |
|
Credit cards - Current |
70-200 |
3.4-6.2 |
85 - 95 |
- |
4.1 - 13.5 |
|
Credit cards - 1-29 days past due |
20-210 |
2.5-6.1 |
25 - 67 |
- |
1.6 - 9.5 |
|
Personal loan - Current |
100-250 |
8.5 |
- |
>=60 |
- |
|
Personal loan - 1-29 days past due |
100-300 |
8.5 |
- |
>=12 |
- |
|
Mortgages - Current |
100-500 |
2.7-3.5 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Mortgages - 1-29 days past due |
100-700 |
3.5 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Business Client Mortgages - Current |
100 |
4.4 |
- |
- |
- |
|
Business Client Mortgages - 1-29 days past due |
100 |
7.0 |
- |
- |
- |
For all other material WRB portfolios (excluding Private Banking) for which a statistical model has been built, the quantitative SICR thresholds applied are a relative threshold of 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute change in IFRS 9 PD of between 100 and 350 bps depending on the product. Certain countries have a higher absolute threshold reflecting the lower default rate within their Personal loan portfolios compared with the Group's other personal loan portfolios. The original lifetime IFRS 9 PD term structure is determined based on the original application score or risk segment of the client.
For all Private Banking classes, in line with risk management practice, an increase in credit risk is deemed to have occurred where margining or LTV covenants have been breached. For Class I assets (lending against diversified liquid collateral), if these margining requirements have not been met within 30 days of a trigger, a significant increase in credit risk is assumed to have occurred. For Class I and Class III assets (real-estate lending), a significant increase in credit risk is assumed to have occurred where the bank is unable to 'sell down' the applicable assets to meet revised collateral requirements within five days of a trigger. Class II assets are typically unsecured or partially secured, or secured against illiquid collateral such as shares in private companies. Significant credit deterioration of these assets is deemed to have occurred when any early alert trigger has been breached.
Page 55
Qualitative factors that indicate that there has been a significant increase in credit risk include processes linked to current risk management, such as placing loans on non‑purely precautionary early alert or being assigned a CG12 rating. An account is placed on non-purely precautionary early alert if it exhibits risk or potential weaknesses of a material nature requiring closer monitoring, supervision or attention by management. Weaknesses in such a borrower's account, if left uncorrected, could result in deterioration of repayment prospects and the likelihood of being downgraded. Indicators could include a rapid erosion of position within the industry, concerns over management's ability to manage operations, weak/deteriorating operating results, liquidity strain and overdue balances, among other factors.
All client assets that have been assigned a CG12 rating, equivalent to 'Higher risk', are deemed to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk. Accounts rated CG12 are primarily managed by relationship managers in the CIB unit with support from SAG for certain accounts. All CIB clients are placed in CG12 when they are 30 DPD unless they are granted a waiver through a strict governance process.
In WRB, SICR is also assessed for where specific risk elevation events have occurred in a market that are not yet reflected in modelled outcomes or in other metrics. This is applied collectively either to impacted specific products/customer cohorts or across the overall consumer banking portfolio in the affected market.
For less material portfolios, which are modelled based on a roll-rate or loss-rate approach, SICR is primarily assessed through the 30 DPD trigger, supplemented where relevant by qualitative factors.
Across all portfolios, accounts that are 30 or more DPD on contractual payments of principal and/or interest that have not been captured by the criteria above are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk.
Expert credit judgement may be applied in assessing SICR to the extent that certain risks may not have been captured by the models or through the above criteria. Such instances are expected to be rare, for example due to events and material uncertainties arising close to the reporting date.
The Group's Credit Policy and Standards framework details the requirements for continuous monitoring to identify any changes in credit quality and resultant ratings, as well as ensuring a consistent approach to monitoring, managing and mitigating credit risks. The framework aligns with the governance of ECL estimation through the early recognition of significant deteriorations in ratings which drive stage 2 and 3 ECL.
The models used in determining ECL are reviewed and approved by the Group Credit Model Assessment Committee (CMAC) or Delegate Model Approver (DMA), which is appointed by the Model Risk Committee. CMAC has the responsibility to assess and approve the use of models and to review all IFRS 9 interpretations related to models. CMAC also provides oversight on operational matters related to model development, performance monitoring and model validation activities, including standards and regulatory matters.
Prior to submission to CMAC for approval, the models are validated by GMV, a function which is independent of the business and the model developers. GMV's analysis comprises review of model documentation, model design and methodology, data validation, review of the model development and calibration process, out-of-sample performance testing, and assessment of compliance review against IFRS 9 rules and internal standards.
The process of PMA identification, calculation and approval are prescribed in the Credit Risk IFRS 9 ECL Model Family Standards, which are approved by the Global Head, Model Risk Management. PMA calculations are reviewed by GMV and submitted to CMAC for approval and will be removed when the estimates return to being within the monitoring thresholds or validation standards. The level of PMAs and remediation plans are regularly tracked at CMAC.
These comprise judgemental PMAs and judgemental management overlays, and account for events that are not captured in the Base Case Forecast or the resulting ECL calculated by the models. Judgemental adjustments must be approved by the IIC having considered the nature of the event, why the risk is not captured in the model, and the basis on which the quantum of the overlay has been calculated. Judgemental adjustments are subject to quarterly review and re-approval by the IIC, and will be released when the risks are no longer relevant.
The IFRS 9 Impairment Committee:
• Oversees the appropriateness of all Business Model Assessment and Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI) tests.
• Reviews and approves ECL for financial assets classified as stages 1, 2 and 3 for each financial reporting period.
• Reviews and approves stage allocation rules and thresholds.
• Approves material adjustments in relation to ECL for fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and amortised cost financial assets.
• Reviews, challenges and approves base macroeconomic forecasts and the multiple macroeconomic scenarios approach that are utilised in the forward-looking ECL calculations.
Page 56
The IIC consists of senior representatives from Risk and Finance. It meets atleast twice every quarter - once before the models are run to approve key inputs into the calculation, and once after the models are run to approve the ECL provisions and any judgemental management overlays that may be necessary.
The IIC is supported by an expert panel which also reviews and challenges the base case projections and multiple macroeconomic scenarios. The expert panel consists of members of Enterprise Risk Management (which includes the Scenario Design team), Finance, Group Economic Research and country representatives of major jurisdictions.
Traded risk
Counterparty Credit Risk is the potential for loss in the event of the default of a derivative counterparty, after taking into account the value of eligible collaterals and risk mitigation techniques. The Group's counterparty credit exposures are included in the Credit Risk section.
The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions.
In addition, the Group enters into collateral agreements with counterparties when collateral is deemed a necessary or desirable mitigant to the exposure. Cash collateral includes collateral called under a variation margin process from counterparties if total uncollateralised mark-to-market exposure exceeds the threshold and minimum transfer amount specified in the CSA. With certain counterparties, the CSA is reciprocal and requires the Group to post collateral if the overall mark-to-market values of positions are in the counterparty's favour and exceed an agreed threshold. To mitigate settlement risk of FX transactions, the Group uses safe settlement processes like Delivery versus Payment (DvP) and Continuously Linked Settlement (CLS). The group also enters into risk-reducing bilateral netting agreements to net payments and receipts of the same currency on the same day.
Market Risk is the potential for fair value loss due to adverse moves in financial markets.
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding Market Risk management is provided in the 'Principal Risks' section.
The primary categories of Market Risk for the Group are:
• Interest Rate Risk: arising from changes in yield curves and implied volatilities
• Foreign Exchange Risk: arising from changes in currency exchange rates and implied volatilities
• Commodity Risk: arising from changes in commodity prices and implied volatilities
• Credit Spread Risk: arising from changes in the price of debt instruments and credit-linked derivatives and driven by factors other than the level of risk-free interest rates
• Equity Risk: arising from changes in the prices of equities and implied volatilities
Value at Risk (VaR) allows the Group to manage Market Risk across the trading book and most of the fair valued non-trading books.
Global financial markets generally proved resilient in 2025. The first half of the year was marked by trade concerns due to the US' raising tariffs to the highest levels in a century and causing developed market equities to record a year-to-date fall of 17 per cent in April. The second half of the year saw fiscal and monetary stimulus with all major asset classes delivering positive returns and developed market equities ending the year with a 22 per cent return from the low in April. Highlights included: President Trump's April tariff announcement triggering a two-day $5 trillion stock market retracement followed by recovery as tariffs were paused and/or negotiated; the Federal Reserve cutting rates three times in 2025, while the European Central Bank cut rates eight times and the Bank of Japan hiked; oil prices reaching $78/barrel in June after military confrontation between Israel and Iran but falling to $60/barrel by year-end on increased supply and weakening demand; Big Technology firms spending c$400 billion on AI infrastructure, raising concerns about the viability of returns; notable defaults in Q4 in the Private Credit market, including First Brands Group and Tricolor Holdings; and the price of gold increasing by 65 per cent as it is increasingly perceived as a safe haven asset.
The Group's exposure to Market Risk arises predominantly from the Trading book:
• The Group provides clients with access to markets, facilitation of which entails the Group taking moderate Market Risk positions. All trading teams support client activity. There are no proprietary trading teams. Hence, income earned from Market Risk-related activities is primarily driven by the volume of client activity.
Page 57
The average level of trading VaR in 2025 was $25.4 million, 20 per cent higher than 2024 ($21.1 million). The increase in average trading VaR was driven by an increase in market volatility combined with a VaR model enhancement to make the model more responsive to market volatility.
|
Trading |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
|
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
|
|
Interest Rate Risk |
12.7 |
19.8 |
7.9 |
11.5 |
12.7 |
22.0 |
7.0 |
12.0 |
|
Credit Spread Risk |
9.7 |
13.4 |
5.4 |
8.6 |
6.6 |
9.6 |
4.8 |
5.4 |
|
Commodity Risk |
9.9 |
21.7 |
2.9 |
6.3 |
4.8 |
10.0 |
2.4 |
4.3 |
|
Foreign Exchange Risk |
6.3 |
12.3 |
3.1 |
3.9 |
9.2 |
15.0 |
5.0 |
7.4 |
|
Diversification effect |
(13.2) |
NA |
NA |
(12.8) |
(12.2) |
NA |
NA |
(8.3) |
|
Total1 |
25.4 |
34.9 |
15.5 |
17.5 |
21.1 |
33.1 |
13.0 |
20.8 |
The following table sets out how trading VaR is distributed across the Group's businesses:
|
Trading |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
|
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
|
|
Macro Trading2 |
18.1 |
28.2 |
9.9 |
11.2 |
17.0 |
29.9 |
10.0 |
17.1 |
|
Global Credit |
10.9 |
15.8 |
6.9 |
7.2 |
6.8 |
11.1 |
4.3 |
5.8 |
|
Central Funding Desk |
9.0 |
15.6 |
2.5 |
6.8 |
4.1 |
5.6 |
2.4 |
2.8 |
|
XVA |
3.0 |
4.9 |
2.3 |
2.7 |
3.3 |
4.4 |
2.4 |
2.4 |
|
Diversification effect |
(15.6) |
NA |
NA |
(10.4) |
(10.1) |
NA |
NA |
(7.3) |
|
Total1 |
25.4 |
34.9 |
15.5 |
17.5 |
21.1 |
33.1 |
13.0 |
20.8 |
1 The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects, which is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type or business and the combined total VaR. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types or businesses, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
2 Macro Trading comprises the Rates, FX and Commodities businesses.
In 2025, the main market risks not reflected in VaR were:
• basis risks for which the historical market price data is limited and is therefore proxied, giving rise to potential proxy basis risk that is not captured in VaR
• deal contingent FX and IR derivatives where the risk of a specific condition not being met, typically the closing of a merger & acquisition transaction, and the derivative being unwound at a loss is not captured in VaR
• potential depeg risk from currencies currently pegged or managed, where the historical one-year VaR observation period may not reflect the possibility of a change in the currency regime or a sudden depegging
Additional capital is set aside to cover such 'risks not in VaR'.
In 2025, there were no regulatory backtesting negative exceptions at Group level.
An enhancement to the VaR model was implemented from January 2025 to increase the model's responsiveness to abrupt upturns in market volatility.
Page 58
The tables below set out the principal structural foreign exchange exposures (net of investment hedges) of the Group and the net investment hedges using derivative financial instruments to partly cover the Group's exposure to various foreign exchange currencies.
|
|
2025 |
2024 |
||
|
Structural (net of investment $million |
Net investment hedges $million |
Structural (net of investment $million |
Net investment hedges $million |
|
|
Hong Kong dollar |
4,537 |
5,516 |
4,232 |
5,359 |
|
Singapore dollar |
3,956 |
- |
3,306 |
- |
|
Chinese Renminbi |
2,833 |
2,558 |
3,593 |
1,640 |
|
Indian rupee |
2,160 |
3,099 |
3,480 |
1,784 |
|
Malaysian ringgit |
1,637 |
- |
1,539 |
- |
|
Euro |
1,449 |
- |
1,112 |
- |
|
Taiwanese dollar |
1,221 |
1,135 |
1,087 |
1,092 |
|
Bangladeshi taka |
1,102 |
- |
1,113 |
- |
|
Korean won |
1,010 |
3,389 |
1,363 |
3,048 |
|
Thai baht |
769 |
- |
763 |
- |
|
UAE dirham |
636 |
1,852 |
807 |
1,470 |
|
Pakistani rupee |
381 |
- |
392 |
- |
|
Indonesian rupiah |
266 |
- |
230 |
- |
|
Other |
3,848 |
29 |
3,407 |
- |
|
Total |
25,805 |
17,578 |
26,424 |
14,393 |
Changes in the valuation of these positions are taken to translation reserves. For analysis of the Group's capital position and requirements, refer to the 'Capital review' section.
Non-Trading VaR
The Group's exposure to Market Risk also arises from the Non-trading book:
• Treasury is required to hold a liquid assets buffer, much of which is held in high-quality marketable debt securities
• The Group underwrites and sells down loans, and invests in select investment grade debt securities with no trading intent
The average level of non-trading VaR in 2025 was $47 million, 37 per cent higher than 2024 ($34.2 million). The increase in average non-trading VaR was driven by an increase in market volatility combined with a VaR model enhancement to make the model more responsive to market volatility and larger US agency bonds inventory in the CIB non-trading portfolio.
|
Non-trading1 |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
|
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
|
|
Interest Rate Risk |
41.7 |
64.6 |
23.8 |
39.7 |
28.0 |
35.5 |
17.4 |
32.5 |
|
Credit Spread Risk |
18.8 |
29.0 |
13.5 |
13.9 |
17.2 |
24.8 |
10.0 |
15.7 |
|
Commodity Risk |
1.8 |
4.8 |
0.8 |
1.6 |
1.3 |
1.8 |
0.6 |
0.8 |
|
Equity Risk |
- |
- |
- |
- |
0.4 |
0.9 |
- |
- |
|
Diversification effect |
(15.3) |
NA |
NA |
(12.0) |
(12.7) |
NA |
NA |
(10.2) |
|
Total2 |
47.0 |
66.6 |
32.3 |
43.2 |
34.2 |
44.3 |
28.6 |
38.8 |
Page 59
The following table sets out how non-trading VaR is distributed across the Group's businesses:
|
Non-trading1 |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
|
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
Average $million |
High $million |
Low $million |
Year end $million |
|
|
Treasury |
34.3 |
47.8 |
26.0 |
29.3 |
32.9 |
40.8 |
26.9 |
38.6 |
|
Global Credit |
24.2 |
34.1 |
9.9 |
24.1 |
5.0 |
13.4 |
2.4 |
8.8 |
|
Macro Trading |
1.8 |
4.8 |
0.8 |
1.6 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Listed Private Equity |
- |
- |
- |
- |
0.4 |
0.9 |
- |
- |
|
Diversification effect |
(13.3) |
NA |
NA |
(11.8) |
(4.1) |
NA |
NA |
(8.6) |
|
Total2 |
47.0 |
66.6 |
32.3 |
43.2 |
34.2 |
43.3 |
28.6 |
38.8 |
1 The non-trading book VaR generally does not include fair value loans.
2 The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects, which is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type or business and the combined total VaR. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types or businesses, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
Liquidity and Funding Risk
Liquidity and Funding Risk is the risk that the Group may not have sufficient stable or diverse sources of funding to meet its obligations as they fall due.
The Group's Liquidity and Funding Risk framework requires each country to ensure that it operates within predefined liquidity limits and remains in compliance with Group liquidity policies and practices, as well as local regulatory requirements.
The Group achieves this through a combination of setting Risk Appetite and associated limits, policy formation, risk measurement and monitoring, prudential and internal stress testing, governance and review.
Throughout 2025, the Group retained a robust liquidity position across key metrics. The Group continues to focus on improving the quality and diversification of its funding mix and remains committed to supporting its clients.
Primary sources of funding (audited)
The Group's funding strategy is largely driven by its policy to maintain adequate liquidity at all times, in all countries. This is done to ensure the Group can meet all of its obligations as they fall due. The Group's funding profile is therefore well diversified across different sources, maturities and currencies.
The Group's assets are funded predominantly by customer deposits, supplemented with wholesale funding, which is diversified by type and maturity.
The Group maintains access to wholesale funding markets in all major financial centres in which it operates. This seeks to ensure that the Group has market intelligence, maintains stable funding lines and can obtain optimal pricing when performing cashflow management activities.
In 2025, the Group issued approximately $10 billion worth of securities from its holding company, Standard Chartered PLC. The issuances included $2 billion of Additional Tier 1 securities and approximately $8 billion of senior debt securities across multiple currencies. Over this same period, there were Additional Tier 1 calls of $1 billion, Tier 2 calls of around $2.1 billion and senior debt redemptions (calls and maturities) of $4.9 billion. There is approximately $7.8 billion of the Group's Additional Tier 1, senior and subordinated debt securities that are either falling due for repayment contractually or callable by the Group before the end of Q4 2026.
The Group continually monitors key liquidity metrics, both on a country basis and consolidated across the Group.
The following liquidity and funding Board Risk Appetite metrics define the maximum amount and type of risk that the Group is willing to assume in pursuit of its strategy: liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), internal liquidity stress tests, recovery capacity and net stable funding ratio (NSFR). In addition to the Board Risk Appetite, there are further limits that apply at Group and country level to measure and monitor specific risks such as cross currency risk, concentration risk and short term funding risk.
The LCR is a regulatory requirement set to ensure the Group has sufficient unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to meet its liquidity needs in a 30-calendar-day liquidity stress scenario.
The Group monitors and reports its liquidity positions under the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (CRR) Part of the PRA Rulebook and has maintained its LCR above the prudential requirement. The Group maintained robust liquidity ratios throughout 2025.
At the reporting date, the Group LCR was 155 per cent (31 December 2024: 138 per cent), with a surplus to both Board-approved Risk Appetite and regulatory requirements.
Page 60
Adequate liquidity was held across our footprint to meet all local prudential LCR requirements where applicable. The Liquidity buffer reported below is after deductions made to reflect the impact of limitations in the transferability of liquidity held at an entity level across the Group. This resulted in an adjustment of $44 billion to LCR HQLA as at 31 December 2025.
|
|
2025 $million |
2024 $million |
|
Liquidity buffer |
194,827 |
170,306 |
|
Total net cash outflows |
125,383 |
123,226 |
|
Liquidity coverage ratio |
155% |
138% |
The Group intends to maintain a prudent and sustainable funding and liquidity position, in all countries, such that it can withstand a severe but plausible liquidity stress.
Our approach to managing liquidity and funding is reflected in the Board-level Risk Appetite Statement which includes the following:
"The Group should have sufficient stable and diverse sources of funding to meet its contractual and contingent obligations as they fall due."
The Group's internal liquidity adequacy assessment process ('ILAAP') stress testing framework covers the following stress scenarios:
• Standard Chartered-specific - Captures the liquidity impact from an idiosyncratic event affecting Standard Chartered only with the rest of the market assumed to be operating normally.
• Market wide - Captures the liquidity impact from a market-wide crisis affecting all participants in a country, region or globally.
• Combined - Assumes both Standard Chartered-specific and Market-wide events affect the Group simultaneously and hence is the most severe scenario.
All scenarios include, but are not limited to, modelled outflows for retail and wholesale funding, off-balance sheet funding risk, cross-currency funding risk, intraday risk, franchise risk and risks associated with a deterioration of a firm's credit rating. Concentration risk approach captures single name and industry concentrations.
ILAAP stress testing results show that, as at 31 December 2025, Group and all countries were able to survive for a period of time with positive surpluses as defined under each scenario. The results take into account currency convertibility and portability constraints while calculating the liquidity surplus at Group level.
Standard Chartered Bank's credit ratings as at 31 December 2025 were A+ with stable outlook (Fitch), A+ with stable outlook (S&P) and A1 with stable outlook (Moody's). As of 31 December 2025, the estimated contractual outflow of a three-notch long-term ratings downgrade is $1.3 billion.
This is defined as the ratio of total loans and advances to customers relative to total customer deposits. An advances-to-deposits ratio below 100 per cent demonstrates that customer deposits exceed customer loans as a result of the emphasis placed on generating a high level of funding from customers.
The Group's advances-to-deposits ratio has remained stable in 2025 at 51.4 per cent. Deposits from customers as at 31 December 2025 are $549,575 million (31 December 2024: $486,261 million).
|
|
2025 $million |
2024 $million |
|
Total loans and advances to customers1,2 |
282,427 |
259,269 |
|
Total customer accounts3 |
549,575 |
486,261 |
|
Advances-to-deposits ratio |
51.4% |
53.3% |
1 Excludes reverse repurchase agreement and other similar secured lending of $8,242 million (31 December 2024: $9,660 million) and includes loans and
advances to customers held at fair value through profit and loss of $12,355 million (31 December 2024: $7,084 million).
2 Loans and advances to customers for the purpose of the advances-to-deposits ratio excludes $8,474 million of approved balances held with central banks, confirmed as repayable at the point of stress (31 December 2024: $19,187 million).
3 Includes customer accounts held at fair value through profit or loss of $19,414 million (31 December 2024: $21,772 million).
The NSFR is a PRA regulatory requirement that stipulates institutions to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to an assumed duration of their assets and off-balance sheet activities over a one-year horizon. It is the ratio between the amount of available stable funding (ASF) and the amount of required stable funding (RSF). ASF factors are applied to balance sheet liabilities and capital, based on their perceived stability and the amount of stable funding they provide. Likewise, RSF factors are applied to assets and off-balance sheet exposures according to the amount of stable funding they require. The regulatory requirements for NSFR are to maintain a ratio of at least 100 per cent. The average ratio for the past four quarters is 139 per cent.
Page 61
The liquidity value of the Group's LCR eligible liquidity pool at the reporting date was $195 billion. The figures in the table below account for haircuts, currency convertibility and portability constraints per PRA rules for transfer restrictions (amounting to $44 billion as at 31 December 2025), and therefore are not directly comparable with the consolidated balance sheet. A liquidity pool is held to offset stress outflows as defined in the LCR per PRA rulebook.
|
|
2025 $million |
2024 $million |
|
Level 1 securities |
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
78,290 |
76,094 |
|
Central banks, governments /public sector entities |
101,122 |
74,182 |
|
Multilateral development banks and international organisations |
10,623 |
14,386 |
|
Other |
396 |
343 |
|
Total Level 1 securities |
190,431 |
165,005 |
|
Level 2 A securities |
3,643 |
4,367 |
|
Level 2 B securities |
753 |
934 |
|
Total LCR eligible assets |
194,827 |
170,306 |
The following table presents assets and liabilities by maturity groupings based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date as at the balance sheet date on a discounted basis. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect actual repayments or cash flows.
Within the tables below, cash and balances with central banks, interbank placements and investment securities that are fair valued through other comprehensive income are used by the Group principally for liquidity management purposes.
As at the reporting date, assets remain predominantly short-dated, with 58 per cent maturing in less than one year.
|
|
2025 |
||||||||
|
One month or less $million |
Between one month and three months $million |
Between three months and six months $million |
Between six months and nine months $million |
Between nine months and one year $million |
Between one year and two years $million |
Between two years and five years $million |
More than five years and undated $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
66,116 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
11,630 |
77,746 |
|
Derivative financial instruments |
15,827 |
11,627 |
10,412 |
5,333 |
3,983 |
5,451 |
8,309 |
4,840 |
65,782 |
|
Loans and advances to banks1,2 |
21,323 |
21,142 |
12,878 |
6,884 |
5,379 |
7,437 |
3,672 |
1,858 |
80,573 |
|
Loans and advances to customers1,2 |
78,546 |
42,487 |
20,359 |
15,298 |
14,309 |
41,579 |
34,064 |
102,943 |
349,585 |
|
Investment securities1 |
20,439 |
36,061 |
19,632 |
17,255 |
15,152 |
33,157 |
49,952 |
71,096 |
262,744 |
|
Other assets1 |
18,173 |
50,528 |
1,406 |
994 |
1,474 |
388 |
31 |
10,531 |
83,525 |
|
Total assets |
220,424 |
161,845 |
64,687 |
45,764 |
40,297 |
88,012 |
96,028 |
202,898 |
919,955 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1,3 |
32,466 |
2,001 |
1,370 |
690 |
644 |
2,105 |
2,359 |
4 |
41,639 |
|
Customer accounts1,4 |
415,483 |
42,912 |
29,297 |
12,974 |
13,881 |
8,931 |
58,405 |
3,291 |
585,174 |
|
Derivative financial instruments |
16,630 |
14,829 |
9,795 |
5,701 |
3,534 |
5,145 |
8,392 |
4,178 |
68,204 |
|
Senior debt5 |
879 |
1,513 |
2,665 |
1,948 |
1,500 |
9,190 |
19,390 |
22,503 |
59,588 |
|
Other debt securities in issue1 |
2,885 |
3,412 |
9,108 |
5,880 |
3,725 |
2,188 |
1,384 |
697 |
29,279 |
|
Other liabilities |
17,665 |
40,951 |
3,453 |
1,054 |
1,413 |
1,485 |
1,892 |
4,738 |
72,651 |
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
16 |
60 |
25 |
154 |
14 |
1,442 |
741 |
6,382 |
8,834 |
|
Total liabilities |
486,024 |
105,678 |
55,713 |
28,401 |
24,711 |
30,486 |
92,563 |
41,793 |
865,369 |
|
Net liquidity gap |
(265,600) |
56,167 |
8,974 |
17,363 |
15,586 |
57,526 |
3,465 |
161,105 |
54,586 |
1 Loans and advances, investment securities, deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial instruments.
2 Loans and advances include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $96.1 billion (31 December 2024: $98.8 billion).
3 Deposits by banks include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $8.5 billion (31 December 2024: $8.7 billion).
4 Customer accounts include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $35.6 billion (31 December 2024: $37.0 billion).
5 Senior debt maturity profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later than call options over the debt held by the Group.
Page 62
|
|
2024 |
||||||||
|
One month or less $million |
Between one month and three months $million |
Between three months and six months $million |
Between six months and nine months $million |
Between nine months and one year $million |
Between one year and two years $million |
Between two years and five years $million |
More than five years and undated $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks |
55,646 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
7,801 |
63,447 |
|
Derivative financial instruments |
22,939 |
15,556 |
12,217 |
7,265 |
4,328 |
7,067 |
7,448 |
4,652 |
81,472 |
|
Loans and advances to banks1,2 |
22,381 |
21,722 |
10,588 |
6,771 |
4,986 |
8,407 |
3,715 |
1,990 |
80,560 |
|
Loans and advances to customers1,2 |
65,688 |
58,765 |
25,739 |
15,479 |
16,192 |
31,240 |
31,766 |
94,688 |
339,557 |
|
Investment securities1 |
13,016 |
25,886 |
21,546 |
14,789 |
14,688 |
32,815 |
41,423 |
62,418 |
226,581 |
|
Other assets1 |
12,601 |
32,130 |
1,333 |
381 |
931 |
71 |
64 |
10,560 |
58,071 |
|
Total assets |
192,271 |
154,059 |
71,423 |
44,685 |
41,125 |
79,600 |
84,416 |
182,109 |
849,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1,3 |
24,293 |
2,345 |
1,621 |
848 |
571 |
4,342 |
1,939 |
3 |
35,962 |
|
Customer accounts1,4 |
379,926 |
37,502 |
25,863 |
10,152 |
10,123 |
9,695 |
47,367 |
2,635 |
523,263 |
|
Derivative financial instruments |
21,680 |
17,115 |
11,773 |
7,018 |
4,353 |
6,660 |
8,144 |
5,321 |
82,064 |
|
Senior debt5 |
609 |
1,755 |
4,074 |
2,132 |
932 |
7,926 |
18,784 |
17,886 |
54,098 |
|
Other debt securities in issue1 |
2,734 |
2,663 |
6,550 |
4,535 |
5,015 |
851 |
1,206 |
688 |
24,242 |
|
Other liabilities |
12,173 |
43,574 |
3,020 |
1,441 |
155 |
4,494 |
682 |
2,854 |
68,393 |
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
- |
64 |
23 |
180 |
13 |
359 |
1,978 |
7,765 |
10,382 |
|
Total liabilities |
441,415 |
105,018 |
52,924 |
26,306 |
21,162 |
34,327 |
80,100 |
37,152 |
798,404 |
|
Net liquidity gap |
(249,144) |
49,041 |
18,499 |
18,379 |
19,963 |
45,273 |
4,316 |
144,957 |
51,284 |
1 Loans and advances, investment securities, deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial instruments.
2 Loans and advances include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $96.1 billion (31 December 2024: $98.8 billion).
3 Deposits by banks include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $8.5 billion (31 December 2024: $8.7 billion).
4 Customer accounts include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $35.6 billion (31 December 2024: $37.0 billion).
5 Senior debt maturity profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later than call options over the debt held by the Group.
Behavioural maturity of financial assets and liabilities
The cash flows presented in the previous section reflect the cash flows that will be contractually payable over the residual maturity of the instruments. However, contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the timing of actual repayments or cashflow. In practice, certain assets and liabilities behave differently from their contractual terms, especially for short-term customer accounts, credit card balances and overdrafts, which extend to a longer period than their contractual maturity. On the other hand, mortgage balances tend to have a shorter repayment period than their contractual maturity date. Expected customer behaviour is assessed and managed on a country basis using qualitative and quantitative techniques, including analysis of observed customer behaviour over time.
The following table analyses the contractual cash flows payable for the Group's financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities on an undiscounted basis (except for trading liabilities and derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives). The financial liability balances in the table below will not agree with the balances reported in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all contractual cashflows, on an undiscounted basis, relating to both principal and interest payments. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the 'On demand' time bucket and not by contractual maturity.
Within the 'More than five years and undated' maturity band are undated financial liabilities, the majority of which relate to subordinated debt, on which interest payments are not included as this information would not be meaningful, given the instruments are undated. Interest payments on these instruments are included within the relevant maturities up to five years.
Page 63
|
|
2025 |
||||||||
|
One month or less $million |
Between one month and three months $million |
Between three months and six months $million |
Between six months and nine months $million |
Between nine months and one year $million |
Between one year and two years $million |
Between two years and five years $million |
More than five years and undated $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Deposits by banks |
32,536 |
2,012 |
1,381 |
704 |
658 |
2,137 |
2,395 |
4 |
41,827 |
|
Customer accounts |
416,850 |
43,261 |
29,727 |
13,247 |
14,222 |
9,090 |
58,627 |
4,033 |
589,057 |
|
Derivative financial instruments |
67,101 |
13 |
35 |
34 |
51 |
110 |
492 |
512 |
68,348 |
|
Debt securities in issue |
4,081 |
5,139 |
12,176 |
8,290 |
5,590 |
13,118 |
24,492 |
26,510 |
99,396 |
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
35 |
116 |
50 |
164 |
15 |
1,529 |
978 |
11,934 |
14,821 |
|
Other liabilities |
16,179 |
41,722 |
3,276 |
1,044 |
1,410 |
1,485 |
1,892 |
6,171 |
73,179 |
|
Total liabilities |
536,782 |
92,263 |
46,645 |
23,483 |
21,946 |
27,469 |
88,876 |
49,164 |
886,628 |
|
|
2024 |
||||||||
|
One month or less $million |
Between one month and three months $million |
Between three months and six months $million |
Between six months and nine months $million |
Between nine months and one year $million |
Between one year and two years $million |
Between two years and five years $million |
More than five years and undated $million |
Total $million |
|
|
Deposits by banks |
24,303 |
2,360 |
1,660 |
862 |
589 |
4,347 |
1,939 |
4 |
36,064 |
|
Customer accounts |
380,377 |
37,790 |
26,277 |
10,384 |
10,438 |
9,937 |
47,642 |
3,396 |
526,241 |
|
Derivative financial instruments |
80,055 |
13 |
12 |
10 |
3 |
216 |
592 |
1,163 |
82,064 |
|
Debt securities in issue |
3,622 |
4,551 |
11,007 |
7,056 |
6,319 |
10,261 |
23,184 |
21,337 |
87,337 |
|
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds |
19 |
134 |
46 |
206 |
14 |
392 |
2,345 |
13,800 |
16,956 |
|
Other liabilities |
10,421 |
44,933 |
2,894 |
1,408 |
152 |
4,433 |
682 |
4,802 |
69,725 |
|
Total liabilities |
498,797 |
89,781 |
41,896 |
19,926 |
17,515 |
29,586 |
76,384 |
44,502 |
818,387 |
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
The following table provides the estimated impact to a hypothetical base case projection of the Group's earnings under the following scenarios:
• A 50 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
• A 100 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
These interest rate shock scenarios assume all other economic variables remain constant. The sensitivities shown represent the estimated change to a hypothetical base case projected net interest income (NII), plus the change in interest rate implied income and expense from FX swaps used to manage banking book currency positions, under the different interest rate shock scenarios.
The base case projected NII is based on the current market-implied path of rates and forward rate expectations. The NII sensitivities below stress this base case by a further 50 or 100bps. Actual observed interest rate changes will likely differ from market expectation. Accordingly, the shocked NII sensitivity does not represent a forecast of the Group's net interest income.
The interest rate sensitivities are indicative stress tests and based on simplified scenarios, estimating the aggregate impact of an unanticipated, instantaneous parallel shock across all yield curves over a one-year horizon. The assessment assumes that the size and mix of the balance sheet remain constant and that there are no specific management actions in response to the change in rates. No assumptions are made in relation to the impact on credit spreads in a changing rate environment.
Significant modelling and behavioural assumptions are made regarding scenario simplification, market competition, pass-through rates, asset and liability re-pricing tenors, and price flooring. In particular, the assumption that interest rates of all currencies and maturities shift by the same amount concurrently, and that no actions are taken to mitigate the impacts arising from this are considered unlikely. Reported sensitivities will vary over time due to a number of factors including changes in balance sheet composition, market conditions, customer behaviour and risk management strategy. Therefore, while the NII sensitivities are a relevant measure of the Group's interest rate exposure, they should not be considered an income or profit forecast.
Page 64
Net interest income sensitivity (audited)
|
Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a parallel shift in yield curves at the beginning of the period of: |
2025 |
||||||||
|
USD bloc $million |
HKD bloc $million |
SGD bloc $million |
GBP bloc $million |
CNY bloc2 $million |
JPY bloc $million |
EUR bloc $million |
Other currency bloc1 $million |
Total $million |
|
|
+ 50 basis points |
50 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
- |
10 |
20 |
80 |
260 |
|
- 50 basis points |
(90) |
(30) |
(20) |
(20) |
(10) |
(10) |
(20) |
(90) |
(290) |
|
+ 100 basis points |
90 |
120 |
30 |
50 |
- |
20 |
30 |
160 |
500 |
|
- 100 basis points |
(170) |
(80) |
(30) |
(50) |
(30) |
(30) |
(40) |
(190) |
(620) |
|
|
|
||||||||
|
+ 50 basis points |
20 |
30 |
10 |
10 |
20 |
10 |
10 |
100 |
210 |
|
- 50 basis points |
(40) |
(30) |
(20) |
(10) |
(30) |
(10) |
(20) |
(110) |
(270) |
|
+ 100 basis points |
30 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
30 |
10 |
30 |
190 |
390 |
|
- 100 basis points |
(90) |
(50) |
(40) |
(30) |
(50) |
(20) |
(40) |
(230) |
(550) |
1 The largest exposures within the Other currency bloc are TWD and KRW.
2 The +50bps and +100bps CNY sensitivities are positive, but round to zero.
As at 31 December 2025, the Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 50 basis points to increase projected NII by $260 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 50 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $290 million. The Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 100 basis points to increase projected NII by $500 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 100 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $620 million.
The benefit from rising interest rates is primarily from reinvesting at higher yields and from assets re-pricing faster and to a greater extent than deposits. NII sensitivity in falling rate scenarios has increased versus 31 December 2024, due to an increase in balance sheet size, with assets repricing faster than liabilities, and due to lower HIBOR rates. This impact was partially offset by an increase in programmatic hedging.
Over the course of 2025, the notional of interest rate swaps, Hold to Collect (HTC)-accounted bond portfolios and fixed rate commercial assets used to reduce NII sensitivity through the cycle increased from $80 billion to $109 billion. As at 31 December 2025, the $87 billion interest rate swaps and HTC-accounted bond portfolios had a yield of 3.4 per cent and a weighted average maturity of 2.5 years, which reflects the behaviouralised lives of the rate-insensitive deposit and equity balances that they hedge.
Page 65
Operational and Technology Risk
Operational and Technology risks remain elevated in areas such as Operational Resilience, Third-Party Risk Management, Change Mismanagement Risk and Transaction Processing Risk, which are being addressed by ongoing processes and system enhancement programmes.
The Group continues to monitor and manage Operational and Technology risks associated with external factors such as geopolitical factors, Nth Party Risk and the risk arising from adoption and use of Artificial Intelligence. This enables the Group to keep pace with new business developments, whilst ensuring that its risk and control frameworks evolve accordingly. The Group continues to enhance its risk management capabilities to understand the full spectrum of risks in the operating environment, strengthen its defences and improve its overall resilience.
Operational losses are one indicator of the effectiveness and robustness of our non-financial risk and control environment
The Group's profile of operational loss events in 2025 and 2024 is summarised in the table below, which shows the distribution of gross operational losses by Basel business line. In 2025, Payments and Settlements is higher due to high value payment related events and Retail Banking due to prior period adjustments.
|
Distribution of Operational Losses by Basel business line2 |
% Loss |
|
|
2025 |
20241 |
|
|
Agency Services |
8.9% |
0.0% |
|
Asset Management |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
Commercial Banking |
5.2% |
1.3% |
|
Corporate Finance |
0.0% |
0.1% |
|
Corporate Items |
8.1% |
61.7% |
|
Payment and Settlements |
30.6% |
7.6% |
|
Retail Banking |
42.1% |
27.1% |
|
Retail Brokerage |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
Trading and Sales |
5.1% |
2.2% |
The Group's profile of operational loss events in 2025 and 2024 is also summarised by Basel event type in the table below. It shows the distribution of gross operational losses by Basel event type.
|
Distribution of Operational Losses by Basel event type2 |
% Loss |
|
|
2025 |
20241 |
|
|
Business disruption and system failures |
1.9% |
1.7% |
|
Clients products and business practices |
1.5% |
22.9% |
|
Damage to physical assets |
0.0% |
0.0% |
|
Employment practices and workplace safety |
0.0% |
0.1% |
|
Execution delivery and process management |
78.5% |
71.8% |
|
External fraud |
12.5% |
3.2% |
|
Internal fraud |
5.6% |
0.3% |
The losses arising from operational failures for other principal and integrated risks are reported as operational losses. Operational losses do not include operational risk-related credit impairments.
1 Losses in 2024 have been restated to include incremental events recognised in 2025.
2 Operational losses for 2024 and 2025 are based on data as of 5 January 2026.
Page 66
Capital review
The Capital review provides an analysis of the Group's capital and leverage position, and requirements.
The Group's capital, leverage and minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) position is managed within the Board-approved risk appetite. The Group is well capitalised with low leverage and high levels of loss-absorbing capacity.
|
|
2025 |
2024 |
|
CET1 capital |
14.1% |
14.2% |
|
Tier 1 capital |
17.0% |
16.9% |
|
Total capital |
20.6% |
21.5% |
|
Leverage ratio |
4.7% |
4.8% |
|
MREL ratio |
33.5% |
34.2% |
|
Risk-weighted assets (RWA) $million |
258,031 |
247,065 |
The Group's capital, leverage and MREL positions were all above current requirements and Board-approved risk appetite. For further detail see the Capital section in the Standard Chartered PLC Pillar 3 Disclosures for FY 2025. The Group's CET1 capital was 12 basis points lower than 2024. Profits, movements in other comprehensive income and FX translation reserves were offset by RWA growth, increase in regulatory deductions and distributions (including ordinary share buybacks of $2.8 billion during the year).
The PRA updated the Group's Pillar 2A requirement during Q3 2025. As at 31 December 2025, the Group's Pillar 2A was 3.3 per cent of RWA, of which at least 1.9 per cent must be held in CET1 capital. The Group's minimum CET1 capital requirement was 10.3 per cent at 31 December 2025.
The Group CET1 capital ratio as at 31 December 2025 reflects the share buyback of $2.8 billion during the year. The CET1 capital ratio also includes an accrual for the FY 2025 dividend. The Board has recommended a final dividend for FY 2025 of $1,092 million or 49 cents per share resulting in a full year 2025 dividend of 61 cents per share, a 64 per cent increase on the 2024 dividend per share. In addition, the Board has announced a further share buyback of $1.5 billion, the impact of which will reduce the Group's CET1 capital by around 58 basis points in the first quarter of 2026.
The Group expects to manage CET1 capital dynamically within our 13-14 per cent target range, in support of our aim of delivering future sustainable shareholder distributions.
The Group's MREL leverage requirement as at 31 December 2025 was 28.4 per cent of RWA. This is composed of a minimum requirement of 24.5 per cent of RWA and the Group's combined buffer (comprising the capital conservation buffer, the G-SII buffer and the countercyclical buffer). The Group's MREL ratio was 33.5 per cent of RWA and 9.2 per cent of leverage exposure at 31 December 2025.
During 2025, the Group successfully raised $9.9 billion of MREL eligible securities from its holding company, Standard Chartered PLC. Issuance includes $2.0 billion of Additional Tier 1 and $7.9 billion of callable senior debt.
The Group raised an additional $0.6 billion of Additional Tier 1 and $3.7 billion in senior securities post the balance sheet date, i.e. not included in the FY 2025 MREL position.
The Group is a G-SII, with a 1.0 per cent G-SII CET1 capital buffer.
Page 67
|
|
2025 $million |
2024 $million |
|
CET1 capital instruments and reserves |
|
|
|
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts |
5,120 |
5,201 |
|
Of which: share premium accounts |
3,989 |
3,989 |
|
Retained earnings |
24,528 |
24,950 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) |
10,406 |
8,724 |
|
Non-controlling interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) |
262 |
235 |
|
Independently audited year-end profits |
5,100 |
4,072 |
|
Foreseeable dividends |
(1,377) |
(923) |
|
CET1 capital before regulatory adjustments |
44,039 |
42,259 |
|
CET1 regulatory adjustments |
|
|
|
Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustments) |
(693) |
(624) |
|
Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) |
(6,145) |
(5,696) |
|
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excludes those arising from temporary differences) |
(15) |
(31) |
|
Fair value reserves related to net losses on cash flow hedges |
(315) |
(4) |
|
Deduction of amounts resulting from the calculation of excess expected loss |
(599) |
(702) |
|
Net gains on liabilities at fair value resulting from changes in own credit risk |
412 |
278 |
|
Defined-benefit pension fund assets |
(149) |
(149) |
|
Fair value gains arising from the institution's own credit risk related to derivative liabilities |
(70) |
(97) |
|
Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting of 1250% |
(25) |
(44) |
|
Total regulatory adjustments to CET1 |
(7,599) |
(7,069) |
|
CET1 capital |
36,440 |
35,190 |
|
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) instruments |
7,529 |
6,502 |
|
AT1 regulatory adjustments |
(20) |
(20) |
|
Tier 1 capital |
43,949 |
41,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital instruments |
9,308 |
11,449 |
|
Tier 2 regulatory adjustments |
(30) |
(30) |
|
Tier 2 capital |
9,278 |
11,419 |
|
Total capital |
53,227 |
53,091 |
|
Total risk-weighted assets (unaudited) |
258,031 |
247,065 |
1 Capital base is prepared on the regulatory scope of consolidation.
Page 68
|
|
2025 $million |
2024 $million |
|
CET1 at 1 January |
35,190 |
34,314 |
|
Ordinary shares issued in the period and share premium |
- |
- |
|
Share buyback |
(2,800) |
(2,500) |
|
Profit for the period |
5,100 |
4,072 |
|
Foreseeable dividends deducted from CET1 |
(1,377) |
(923) |
|
Difference between dividends paid and foreseeable dividends |
(557) |
(469) |
|
Movement in goodwill and other intangible assets |
(449) |
432 |
|
Foreign currency translation differences |
931 |
(525) |
|
Non-controlling interests |
26 |
18 |
|
Movement in eligible other comprehensive income |
283 |
636 |
|
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability |
16 |
10 |
|
Decrease/(increase) in excess expected loss |
101 |
52 |
|
Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustment) |
(69) |
106 |
|
IFRS 9 transitional impact on regulatory reserves including day one |
- |
2 |
|
Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting |
18 |
- |
|
Fair value gains arising from the institution's own Credit Risk related to derivative liabilities |
27 |
19 |
|
Others |
- |
(54) |
|
CET1 at 31 December |
36,440 |
35,190 |
|
|
|
|
|
AT1 at 1 January |
6,482 |
5,492 |
|
Net issuances (redemptions) |
1,026 |
1,015 |
|
Foreign currency translation difference and others |
1 |
(25) |
|
AT1 at 31 December |
7,509 |
6,482 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 2 capital at 1 January |
11,419 |
11,935 |
|
Regulatory amortisation |
(227) |
1,189 |
|
Net issuances (redemptions) |
(2,175) |
(1,517) |
|
Foreign currency translation and fair value differences |
251 |
(191) |
|
Tier 2 ineligible minority interest |
10 |
(3) |
|
Others |
- |
6 |
|
Tier 2 capital at 31 December |
9,278 |
11,419 |
|
Total capital at 31 December |
53,227 |
53,091 |
The main movements in capital in the period were:
• CET1 capital increased by $1.2 billion as retained profits of $5.1 billion, movement in other comprehensive income of $0.5 billion and foreign currency translation impact of $0.9 billion were partly offset by share buyback of $2.8 billion, distributions paid and foreseeable of $1.9 billion, and an increase in regulatory deductions and other movements of $0.5 billion.
• AT1 capital increased by $1.0 billion following the issuance of $1.0 billion of 7.63 per cent securities and $1.0 billion of 7.00 per cent securities partly offset by the redemption of $1.0 billion of 6.00 per cent securities.
• Tier 2 capital decreased by $2.1 billion due to the redemption of $2.2 billion of Tier 2 during the year partly offset by the reversal of regulatory amortisation and foreign currency translation impact.
Page 69
|
|
2025 |
|||
|
Credit risk $million |
Operational risk $million |
Market risk $million |
Total risk $million |
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
125,366 |
23,842 |
26,713 |
175,921 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking |
45,075 |
11,707 |
- |
56,782 |
|
Ventures |
4,352 |
475 |
76 |
4,903 |
|
Central & other items |
17,352 |
(801) |
3,874 |
20,425 |
|
Total risk-weighted assets |
192,145 |
35,223 |
30,663 |
258,031 |
|
|
20241 |
|||
|
Credit risk $million |
Operational risk $million |
Market risk $million |
Total risk $million |
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking |
124,635 |
19,987 |
24,781 |
169,403 |
|
Wealth & Retail Banking |
47,764 |
9,523 |
- |
57,287 |
|
Ventures |
2,243 |
142 |
21 |
2,406 |
|
Central & other items |
14,661 |
(173) |
3,481 |
17,969 |
|
Total risk-weighted assets |
189,303 |
29,479 |
28,283 |
247,065 |
|
|
Credit risk |
|||||||
|
Corporate & |
Wealth & |
Ventures |
Central & |
Total |
Operational risk |
Market risk |
Total risk |
|
|
At 1 January 2024 |
116,621 |
50,771 |
1,885 |
22,146 |
191,423 |
27,861 |
24,867 |
244,151 |
|
Assets growth & mix |
11,616 |
(491) |
358 |
(5,176) |
6,307 |
- |
- |
6,307 |
|
Asset quality |
(2,472) |
(316) |
- |
(384) |
(3,172) |
- |
- |
(3,172) |
|
Model updates |
1,620 |
(1) |
- |
- |
1,619 |
- |
(400) |
1,219 |
|
Methodology and policy changes |
38 |
39 |
- |
- |
77 |
- |
(1,300) |
(1,223) |
|
Acquisitions and disposals |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Foreign currency translation |
(2,788) |
(1,397) |
- |
(691) |
(4,876) |
- |
- |
(4,876) |
|
Other, Including non-credit risk movements |
- |
(841) |
- |
(1,234) |
(2,075) |
1,618 |
5,116 |
4,659 |
|
At 31 December 20241 |
124,635 |
47,764 |
2,243 |
14,661 |
189,303 |
29,479 |
28,283 |
247,065 |
|
Assets growth & mix |
(1,712) |
(3,361) |
2,109 |
1,919 |
(1,045) |
- |
- |
(1,045) |
|
Asset quality |
1,343 |
(483) |
- |
567 |
1,427 |
- |
- |
1,427 |
|
Model updates |
(1,265) |
198 |
- |
- |
(1,067) |
- |
63 |
(1,004) |
|
Methodology and policy changes |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
|
Acquisitions and disposals |
(293) |
(92) |
- |
(19) |
(404) |
- |
- |
(404) |
|
Foreign currency translation |
2,658 |
1,049 |
- |
224 |
3,931 |
- |
- |
3,931 |
|
Other, Including non-credit risk movements |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
5,744 |
2,317 |
8,061 |
|
At 31 December 2025 |
125,366 |
45,075 |
4,352 |
17,352 |
192,145 |
35,223 |
30,663 |
258,031 |
1 RWA balances are now presented to reflect the RNS on Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2025. Prior periods have been re-presented and there is no change in total RWA.
Page 70
Movements in risk-weighted assets
RWA increased by $11.0 billion, or 4.4 per cent from 31 December 2024 to $258.0 billion. This was due to the increase in Credit Risk RWA of $2.8 billion, Market Risk RWA of $2.4 billion and Operational Risk RWA of $5.7 billion.
Credit Risk RWA increased by $0.7 billion, or 0.6 per cent, from 31 December 2024 to $125.4 billion due to:
• $2.7 billion increase from foreign currency translation
• $1.3 billion increase mainly due to deterioration in asset quality from sovereign downgrades and other client grade moves
• $1.7 billion decrease from changes in asset growth and mix
- $5.0 billion decrease from optimisation actions
- $3.3 billion increase from asset growth
• $1.3 billion decrease from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model performance
• $0.3 billion decrease from exit of business in Cameroon.
Credit Risk RWA decreased by $2.7 billion, or 5.6 per cent, from 31 December 2024 to $45.1 billion mainly due to:
• $3.4 billion decrease from changes in asset growth and mix
• $0.5 billion decrease mainly due to improvement in asset quality
• $0.1 billion decrease from exit of business in Gambia
• $1.0 billion increase from foreign currency translation
• $0.2 billion increase from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model performance
Ventures is comprised of Mox Bank Limited, Trust Bank and SC Ventures. Credit Risk RWA increased by $2.1 billion, or 94.0 per cent from 31 December 2024 to $4.4 billion from asset balance growth from Mox Bank Limited and SC Ventures.
Central & other items
Central & other items RWA mainly relate to the Treasury Market's liquidity portfolio, equity investments and current and deferred tax assets.
Credit Risk RWA increased by $2.7 billion, or 18.4 per cent, from 31 December 2024 to $17.4 billion mainly due to:
• $1.9 billion increase from changes in asset growth and mix
• $0.6 billion increase due to deterioration in asset quality mainly from sovereign downgrades and other client grade moves
• $0.2 billion increase from foreign currency translation.
Total Market Risk RWA increased by $2.4 billion, or 8.4 per cent, from 31 December 2024 to $30.7 billion mainly due to a $2.1 billion increase in Standardised Approach (SA) Specific Interest Rate Risk RWA due primarily to increases in the Credit Trading Portfolio.
Operational Risk RWA increased by $5.7 billion, or 19.5 per cent, from 31 December 2024 to $35.2 billion, primarily driven by an increase in average income measured over a rolling three-year time horizon. The Group has brought forward the annual refresh of Operational Risk RWA with RWA increase recognised in Q4'25 rather than Q1'26, as earlier guided, resulting in two operational risk RWA increases in 2025.
Page 71
The Group's leverage ratio, which excludes qualifying claims on central banks, was 4.7 per cent at FY 2025, which was above the current minimum requirement of 3.7 per cent. The leverage ratio was 11 basis points lower than FY 2024. Leverage exposure increased by $69.8 billion from the increase in Loans and advances and other assets of $85.2 billion, an increase in Derivatives of $3.7 billion partly offset by decrease in claims on central banks of $16.9 billion, decrease in Off-balance sheet items of $1.3 billion, and decrease in asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital (Leverage) of $0.8 billion. Tier 1 capital increased by $2.3 billion as CET1 capital increased by $1.2 billion and AT1 capital increased by $1.0 billion following the issuance of $2.0 billion partly offset by the redemption of $1.0 billion AT1 securities.
|
Leverage ratio |
2025 $million |
2024 $million |
|
Tier 1 capital (end point) |
43,949 |
41,672 |
|
Derivative financial instruments |
65,782 |
81,472 |
|
Derivative cash collateral |
12,868 |
11,046 |
|
Securities financing transactions (SFTs) |
96,096 |
98,801 |
|
Loans and advances and other assets |
745,209 |
658,369 |
|
Total on-balance sheet assets |
919,955 |
849,688 |
|
Regulatory consolidation adjustments1 |
(96,565) |
(76,197) |
|
Derivatives adjustments |
|
|
|
Derivatives netting |
(51,827) |
(63,934) |
|
Adjustments to cash collateral |
(10,011) |
(10,169) |
|
Net written credit protection |
2,604 |
2,075 |
|
Potential future exposure on derivatives |
58,062 |
51,323 |
|
Total derivatives adjustments |
(1,172) |
(20,705) |
|
Counterparty risk leverage exposure measure for SFTs |
6,715 |
4,198 |
|
Off-balance sheet items |
117,341 |
118,607 |
|
Regulatory deductions from Tier 1 capital |
(8,084) |
(7,247) |
|
Total exposure measure excluding claims on central banks |
938,190 |
868,344 |
|
Leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%) |
4.7% |
4.8% |
|
Average leverage exposure measure excluding claims on central banks |
949,214 |
894,296 |
|
Average leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%) |
4.6% |
4.7% |
|
Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer |
0.1% |
0.1% |
|
G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer |
0.4% |
0.4% |
1 Includes adjustment for qualifying central bank claims and unsettled regular way trades
Page 72
|
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law:
• the Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union
• the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, and
• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of their profit or loss for that period.
In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently
• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable
• state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union
• assess the Group and the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern, and
• use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, a Directors' Report, a Directors' Remuneration Report and a Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements differs from legislation in other jurisdictions.
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
• The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, and
• The Strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the emerging risks and uncertainties that they face.
We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group's position and performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board.
Bill Winters, CBE
Group Chief Executive
24 February 2026
Page 73
Shareholder information
|
Ordinary shares |
Final dividend |
|
Results and dividend announced |
24 February 2026 |
|
Ex-dividend date |
18 (HK) 19 (UK) March 2026 |
|
Record date for dividend |
20 March 2026 |
|
Last date to amend currency election instructions for cash dividend* |
16 April 2026 |
|
Dividend payment date |
14 May 2026 |
* In either US dollars, pound sterling or Hong Kong dollars.
|
Preference shares |
1st half yearly dividend |
2nd half yearly dividend |
|
73 ∕8 per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 |
1 April 2026 |
1 October 2026 |
|
81 ∕4 per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 each |
1 April 2026 |
1 October 2026 |
|
6.409 per cent non-cumulative redeemable preference shares of $5 each |
30 January and 30 April 2026 |
30 July and 30 October 2026 |
|
7.014 per cent non-cumulative redeemable preference shares of $5 each |
30 January 2026 |
30 July 2026 |
The AGM will be held on Thursday, 7 May 2026 at 11.00am UK time (6.00pm Hong Kong time). Further details regarding the format, location and business to be transacted at the meeting will be disclosed within the 2026 Notice of AGM.
The interim results will be announced to the London Stock Exchange and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and put on the Company's website.
In accordance with the requirements of the Capital Requirements (country-by-country reporting) Regulations 2013, the Group will publish additional country-by-country information in respect of the year ended 31 December 2025, on or before 31 December 2026. We have also published our UK tax strategy.
In accordance with the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, the Group has published the Pillar 3 disclosures in respect of the year ended 31 December 2025.
ShareCare is available to shareholders on the Company's UK register who have a UK address and bank account. It allows you to hold your Standard Chartered PLC shares in a nominee account. Your shares will be held in electronic form, so you will no longer have to worry about keeping your share certificates safe. If you join ShareCare, you will still be invited to attend the Company's AGM and you will receive any dividend at the same time as everyone else. ShareCare is free to join and there are no annual fees to pay.
Shareholders who have a small number of shares often find it uneconomical to sell them. An alternative is to consider donating them to the charity ShareGift (registered charity 1052686), which collects donations of unwanted shares until there are enough to sell and uses the proceeds to support UK charities. There is no implication for capital gains tax (no gain or loss) when you donate shares to charity, and UK taxpayers may be able to claim income tax relief on the value of their donation.
Dividends can be paid straight into your bank or building society account.
Registrars and shareholder enquiries
If you have any enquiries relating to your shareholding and you hold your shares on the UK register, please contact our registrar at investorcentre.co.uk. Alternatively, please contact Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ or call the shareholder helpline number on 0370 702 0138. If you hold your shares on the Hong Kong branch register and you have enquiries, please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.
Page 74
The Company and its shareholders have been granted partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (SFO). As a result of this exemption, shareholders, directors and chief executives, no longer have an obligation under Part XV of the SFO (other than Divisions 5, 11 and 12 thereof) to notify the Company of substantial shareholding interests, and the Company is no longer required to maintain a register of interests of substantial shareholders under section 336 of the SFO, nor a register of directors' and chief executives' interests under section 352 of the SFO. The Company is, however, required to file with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of interests made in the UK.
The Company has a Group-wide policy on tax strategy and governance, which details that we seek to apply our approach to tax in all jurisdictions in which we operate and are committed to paying all taxes legally due. This policy is approved by the Board annually and is available on our website sc.com/regulatory-disclosures
No tax is currently withheld from payments of dividends by Standard Chartered PLC. Shareholders and prospective purchasers should consult an appropriate independent professional adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.
If you would like a Chinese language version of the 2025 Annual Report, please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.
二〇二五年年報之中文譯本可向香港中央證券登記有限公司索取, 地址:香港灣仔皇后大道東183號合和中心17M樓。
Shareholders on the Hong Kong branch register who have asked to receive corporate communications in either Chinese or English can change this election by contacting Computershare. If there is any inconsistency between the English version of this document and any translation of the English version, the English version shall prevail.
If you hold your shares on the UK register and in future you would like to receive the Annual Report electronically rather than by post, please register online at: www.investorcentre.co.uk. Click on 'register now' and follow the instructions. You will need to have your Shareholder or ShareCare reference number to hand. You can find this on your share certificate or ShareCare statement. Once you have registered and confirmed your email communication preference, you will receive future notifications via email enabling you to submit your proxy vote online. In addition, as a member of Investor Centre, you will be able to manage your shareholding online and change your bank mandate or address information.
Important notices
The information included in this document may contain 'forward-looking statements' based upon current expectations or beliefs as well as statements formulated with assumptions about future events. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, projections, estimates, commitments, plans, approaches, ambitions and targets (including, without limitation, ESG commitments, ambitions and targets). Forward-looking statements often use words such as 'may', 'could', 'will', 'expect', 'intend', 'estimate', 'anticipate', 'believe', 'plan', 'seek', 'aim', 'continue' or other words of similar meaning to any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may also (or additionally) be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts.
By their very nature, forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results, and the Group's plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Readers should not place reliance on, and are cautioned about relying on, any forward-looking statements.
There are several factors which could cause the Group's actual results and its plans and objectives to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. The factors include (but are not limited to): changes in global, political, economic, business, competitive and market forces or conditions, or in future exchange and interest rates; changes in environmental, geopolitical, social or physical risks; legal, regulatory and policy developments, including regulatory measures addressing climate change and broader sustainability-related issues; the development of standards and interpretations, including evolving requirements and practices in ESG reporting; the ability of the Group, together with governments and other stakeholders to measure, manage, and mitigate the impacts of climate change and broader sustainability-related issues effectively; risks arising out of health crises and pandemics; risks of cyber-attacks, data, information or security breaches or technology failures involving the Group; changes in tax rates or policy; future business combinations or dispositions; and other factors specific to the Group, including those identified in Standard Chartered PLC's Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group. To the extent that any forward-looking statements contained in this document are based on past or current trends and/or activities of the Group, they should not be taken as a representation that such trends or activities will continue in the future.
Page 75
No statement in this document is intended to be, nor should be interpreted as, a profit forecast or to imply that the earnings of the Group for the current year or future years will necessarily match or exceed the historical or published earnings of the Group. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date that it is made. Except as required by any applicable laws or regulations, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement contained within this document, regardless of whether those statements are affected as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Please refer to Standard Chartered PLC's Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group for a discussion of certain of the risks and factors that could adversely impact the Group's actual results, and cause its plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements.
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. Standard Chartered PLC's financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards (IAS) as applied in conformity with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. This document may contain financial measures and ratios not specifically defined under IFRS or IAS and/or alternative performance measures as defined in the European Securities and Market Authority guidelines. Such measures may exclude certain items which management believes are not representative of the underlying performance of the business and which distort period-on-period comparison. These measures are not a substitute for IAS or IFRS measures and are based on a number of assumptions that are subject to uncertainties and change. Please refer to the Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group for further information, including reconciliations between the underlying and reported measures.
Nothing in this document shall constitute, in any jurisdiction, an offer or solicitation to sell or purchase any securities or other financial instruments, nor shall it constitute a recommendation or advice in respect of any securities or other financial instruments or any other matter.
Some of the climate and environment related information in this document is subject to certain limitations, and therefore the reader should treat the information provided, as well as conclusions, projections and assumptions drawn from such information, with caution. The information may be limited due to a number of factors, which include (but are not limited to): a lack of reliable data; a lack of standardisation of data; and future uncertainty. The information includes externally sourced data that may not have been verified. Furthermore, some of the data, models and methodologies used to create the information is subject to adjustment which is beyond our control, and the information is subject to change without notice.
General
You are advised to exercise your own independent judgement (with the advice of your professional advisers as necessary) with respect to the risks and consequences of any matter contained in this document. The Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents expressly disclaim any liability and responsibility for any decisions or actions which you may take and for any damage or losses you may suffer from your use of or reliance on the information contained in this document.
Basis of preparation and caution regarding data limitations
This section is specifically relevant to, among others, the sustainability and climate models, calculations and disclosures throughout this report. The information contained in this document has been prepared on the following basis:
i disclosures in the Strategic report, Financial review, Sustainability review, Directors' report, Risk review and Capital review and Supplementary information are unaudited unless otherwise stated;
ii all information, positions and statements set out in this document are subject to change without notice;
iii. the information included in this document does not constitute any investment, accounting, legal, regulatory or tax advice or an invitation or recommendation to enter into any transaction;
iv the information included in this document may have been prepared using models, methodologies and data that are subject to certain limitations. These limitations include: the limited availability of reliable data, data gaps and the nascent nature of the methodologies and technologies underpinning this data; the limited standardisation of data (given, among other things, limited international coordination on data and methodology standards); and future uncertainty (due, among other things, to changing projections relating to technological development and global and regional laws, regulations and policies, and the current inability to make use of strong historical data);
v models, external data and methodologies used in information included in this document are or could be subject to adjustment which is beyond our control;
vi any opinions and estimates should be regarded as indicative, preliminary and for illustrative purposes only. Expected and actual outcomes may differ from those set out in this document (as explained in the 'Forward-looking statements' section above);
vii some of the related information appearing in this document may have been obtained from public and other sources and, while the Group believes such information to be reliable, it has not been independently verified by the Group and no representation or warranty is made by the Group as to its quality, completeness, accuracy, fitness for a particular purpose or noninfringement of such information;
Page 76
viii for the purposes of the information included in this document, a number of key judgements and assumptions have been made. It is possible that the assumptions drawn, and the judgement exercised may subsequently turn out to be inaccurate. The judgements and data presented in this document are not a substitute for judgements and analysis made independently by the reader;
ix any opinions or views of third parties expressed in this document are those of the third parties identified, and not of the Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents. By incorporating or referring to opinions and views of third parties, the Group is not, in any way, endorsing or supporting such opinions or views;
x while the Group bears primary responsibility for the information included in this document, it does not accept responsibility for the external input provided by any third parties for the purposes of developing the information included in this document;
xi the data contained in this document reflects available information and estimates at the relevant time;
xii where the Group has used any methodology or tools developed by a third party, the application of the methodology or tools (or consequences of its application) shall not be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or contractual obligations and such legal or contractual obligations shall take precedence over the application of the methodology or tools;
xiii where the Group has used any underlying data provided or sourced by a third party, the use of the data shall not be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or contractual obligations and such legal or contractual obligations shall take precedence over the use of the data;
xiv this Important Notice is not limited in applicability to those sections of the document where limitations to data, metrics and methodologies are identified and where this Important Notice is referenced. This Important Notice applies to the whole document;
xv further development of reporting, standards or other principles could impact the information included in this document or any metrics, data and targets included in this document (it being noted that ESG reporting and standards are subject to rapid change and development); and
xvi while all reasonable care has been taken in preparing the information included in this document, neither the Group nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents make any representation or warranty as to its quality, accuracy or completeness, and they accept no responsibility or liability for the contents of this information, including any errors of fact, omission or opinion expressed.
You are advised to exercise your own independent judgement (with the advice of your professional advisers as necessary) with respect to the risks and consequences of any matter contained in this document.
The Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents expressly disclaim any liability and responsibility for any decisions or actions that you may take and for any damage or losses you may suffer from your use of or reliance on the information contained in this document.
Copyright in all materials, text, articles and information contained in this document (other than third-party materials, text, articles and information) is the property of, and may only be reproduced with permission of an authorised signatory of, the Group.
Copyright in materials, text, articles and information created by third parties and the rights under copyright of such parties are hereby acknowledged. Copyright in all other materials not belonging to third parties and copyright in these materials as a compilation vests and shall remain at all times copyright of the Group and should not be reproduced or used except for business purposes on behalf of the Group or save with the express prior written consent of an authorised signatory of the Group.
All rights reserved.
Page 77